|
7
|
1 /* vi:set ts=8 sts=4 sw=4:
|
|
|
2 *
|
|
|
3 * VIM - Vi IMproved by Bram Moolenaar
|
|
|
4 * GUI/Motif support by Robert Webb
|
|
|
5 * Macintosh port by Dany St-Amant
|
|
|
6 * and Axel Kielhorn
|
|
|
7 * Port to MPW by Bernhard PrŸmmer
|
|
|
8 * Initial Carbon port by Ammon Skidmore
|
|
|
9 *
|
|
|
10 * Do ":help uganda" in Vim to read copying and usage conditions.
|
|
|
11 * Do ":help credits" in Vim to see a list of people who contributed.
|
|
|
12 * See README.txt for an overview of the Vim source code.
|
|
|
13 */
|
|
|
14
|
|
|
15 /*
|
|
|
16 * NOTE: Comment mentionning FAQ refer to the book:
|
|
|
17 * "Macworld Mac Programming FAQs" from "IDG Books"
|
|
|
18 */
|
|
|
19
|
|
|
20 /*
|
|
|
21 * WARNING: Vim must be able to compile without Carbon
|
|
|
22 * As the desired minimum requirement are circa System 7
|
|
|
23 * (I want to run it on my Mac Classic) (Dany)
|
|
|
24 */
|
|
|
25
|
|
|
26 /*
|
|
|
27 * TODO: Change still to merge from the macvim's iDisk
|
|
|
28 *
|
|
|
29 * error_ga, mch_errmsg, Navigation's changes in gui_mch_browse
|
|
|
30 * uses of MenuItemIndex, changes in gui_mch_set_shellsize,
|
|
|
31 * ScrapManager error handling.
|
|
|
32 * Comments about function remaining to Carbonize.
|
|
|
33 *
|
|
|
34 */
|
|
|
35
|
|
|
36 /* TODO: find the best place for this (Dany) */
|
|
|
37 #if 0
|
|
|
38 # if ! TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON
|
|
|
39 /* Enable the new API functions even when not compiling for Carbon */
|
|
|
40 /* Apple recomends Universal Interface 3.3.2 or later */
|
|
|
41 # define OPAQUE_TOOLBOX_STRUCTS 1
|
|
|
42 # define ACCESSOR_CALLS_ARE_FUNCTIONS 1
|
|
|
43 /* Help Menu not supported by Carbon */
|
|
|
44 # define USE_HELPMENU
|
|
|
45 # endif
|
|
|
46 #endif
|
|
|
47
|
|
|
48 #include <Devices.h> /* included first to avoid CR problems */
|
|
|
49 #include "vim.h"
|
|
|
50
|
|
|
51 /* Enable Contextual Menu Support */
|
|
|
52 #if UNIVERSAL_INTERFACES_VERSION >= 0x0320
|
|
|
53 # define USE_CTRLCLICKMENU
|
|
|
54 #endif
|
|
|
55
|
|
|
56 /* Put Vim Help in MacOS Help */
|
|
|
57 #define USE_HELPMENU
|
|
|
58
|
|
|
59 /* Enable AEVENT */
|
|
|
60 #define USE_AEVENT
|
|
|
61
|
|
|
62 /* Compile as CodeWarior External Editor */
|
|
|
63 #if defined(FEAT_CW_EDITOR) && !defined(USE_AEVENT)
|
|
|
64 # define USE_AEVENT /* Need Apple Event Support */
|
|
|
65 #endif
|
|
|
66
|
|
|
67 /* The VIM creator is CodeWarior specific */
|
|
|
68 #if !(defined(__MRC__) || defined(__SC__) || defined(__APPLE_CC__))
|
|
|
69 # define USE_VIM_CREATOR_ID
|
|
|
70 #else
|
|
|
71 # if 0 /* Was this usefull for some compiler? (Dany) */
|
|
|
72 static OSType _fcreator = 'VIM!';
|
|
|
73 static OSType _ftype = 'TEXT';
|
|
|
74 # endif
|
|
|
75 #endif
|
|
|
76
|
|
9
|
77 /* Vim's Scrap flavor. */
|
|
|
78 #define VIMSCRAPFLAVOR 'VIM!'
|
|
|
79
|
|
7
|
80 /* CARBON version only tested with Project Builder under MacOS X */
|
|
|
81 #undef USE_CARBONIZED
|
|
|
82 #if (defined(__APPLE_CC__) || defined(__MRC__)) && defined(TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON)
|
|
|
83 # if TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON
|
|
|
84 # define USE_CARBONIZED
|
|
|
85 # endif
|
|
|
86 #endif
|
|
|
87
|
|
|
88 #undef USE_MOUSEWHEEL
|
|
|
89 #if defined(MACOS_X) && defined(USE_CARBONIZED)
|
|
|
90 # define USE_MOUSEWHEEL
|
|
|
91 static EventHandlerUPP mouseWheelHandlerUPP = NULL;
|
|
|
92 #endif
|
|
|
93
|
|
168
|
94 #if defined(USE_CARBONIZED) && defined(FEAT_MBYTE)
|
|
|
95 # define USE_CARBONKEYHANDLER
|
|
|
96 static EventHandlerUPP keyEventHandlerUPP = NULL;
|
|
|
97 #endif
|
|
|
98
|
|
|
99 #ifdef MACOS_X
|
|
|
100 SInt32 gMacSystemVersion;
|
|
|
101 #endif
|
|
|
102
|
|
7
|
103 /* Debugging feature: start Vim window OFFSETed */
|
|
|
104 #undef USE_OFFSETED_WINDOW
|
|
|
105
|
|
|
106 /* Debugging feature: use CodeWarior SIOUX */
|
|
|
107 #undef USE_SIOUX
|
|
|
108
|
|
|
109
|
|
|
110 /* Include some file. TODO: move into os_mac.h */
|
|
|
111 #include <Menus.h>
|
|
|
112 #include <Resources.h>
|
|
|
113 #if !TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON
|
|
|
114 #include <StandardFile.h>
|
|
|
115 #include <Traps.h>
|
|
|
116 #endif
|
|
|
117 #include <Balloons.h>
|
|
|
118 #include <Processes.h>
|
|
|
119 #ifdef USE_AEVENT
|
|
|
120 # include <AppleEvents.h>
|
|
|
121 # include <AERegistry.h>
|
|
|
122 #endif
|
|
|
123 #ifdef USE_CTRLCLICKMENU
|
|
|
124 # include <Gestalt.h>
|
|
|
125 #endif
|
|
|
126 #ifdef USE_SIOUX
|
|
|
127 # include <stdio.h>
|
|
|
128 # include <sioux.h>
|
|
|
129 # include <console.h>
|
|
|
130 #endif
|
|
|
131 #if UNIVERSAL_INTERFACES_VERSION >= 0x0330
|
|
|
132 # include <ControlDefinitions.h>
|
|
|
133 # include <Navigation.h> /* Navigation only part of ?? */
|
|
|
134 #endif
|
|
|
135
|
|
|
136 #if TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON && 0
|
|
|
137 /* New Help Interface for Mac, not implemented yet.*/
|
|
|
138 # include <MacHelp.h>
|
|
|
139 #endif
|
|
|
140
|
|
|
141 /*
|
|
|
142 * Translate new name to old ones
|
|
|
143 * New function only available in MacOS 8.5,
|
|
|
144 * So use old one to be compatible back to System 7
|
|
|
145 */
|
|
|
146 #ifndef USE_CARBONIZED
|
|
|
147 # undef EnableMenuItem
|
|
|
148 # define EnableMenuItem EnableItem
|
|
|
149 # undef DisableMenuItem
|
|
|
150 # define DisableMenuItem DisableItem
|
|
|
151 #endif
|
|
|
152
|
|
|
153 /* Carbon does not support the Get/SetControll functions,
|
|
|
154 * use Get/SetControl32Bit instead and rename for non-carbon
|
|
|
155 * systems.
|
|
|
156 */
|
|
|
157
|
|
|
158 #ifndef USE_CARBONIZED
|
|
|
159 # undef SetControl32BitMaximum
|
|
|
160 # define SetControl32BitMaximum SetControlMaximum
|
|
|
161 # undef SetControl32BitMinimum
|
|
|
162 # define SetControl32BitMinimum SetControlMinimum
|
|
|
163 # undef SetControl32BitValue
|
|
|
164 # define SetControl32BitValue SetControlValue
|
|
|
165 # undef GetControl32BitValue
|
|
|
166 # define GetControl32BitValue GetControlValue
|
|
|
167 #endif
|
|
|
168
|
|
|
169 /*
|
|
|
170 * ???
|
|
|
171 */
|
|
|
172
|
|
|
173 #define kNothing 0
|
|
|
174 #define kCreateEmpty 2 /*1*/
|
|
|
175 #define kCreateRect 2
|
|
|
176 #define kDestroy 3
|
|
|
177
|
|
|
178 /*
|
|
|
179 * Dany: Don't like those...
|
|
|
180 */
|
|
|
181
|
|
|
182 #define topLeft(r) (((Point*)&(r))[0])
|
|
|
183 #define botRight(r) (((Point*)&(r))[1])
|
|
|
184
|
|
|
185
|
|
|
186 /* Time of last mouse click, to detect double-click */
|
|
|
187 static long lastMouseTick = 0;
|
|
|
188
|
|
|
189 /* ??? */
|
|
|
190 static RgnHandle cursorRgn;
|
|
|
191 static RgnHandle dragRgn;
|
|
|
192 static Rect dragRect;
|
|
|
193 static short dragRectEnbl;
|
|
|
194 static short dragRectControl;
|
|
|
195
|
|
|
196 /* This variable is set when waiting for an event, which is the only moment
|
|
|
197 * scrollbar dragging can be done directly. It's not allowed while commands
|
|
|
198 * are executed, because it may move the cursor and that may cause unexpected
|
|
|
199 * problems (e.g., while ":s" is working).
|
|
|
200 */
|
|
|
201 static int allow_scrollbar = FALSE;
|
|
|
202
|
|
|
203 /* Last mouse click caused contextual menu, (to provide proper release) */
|
|
|
204 #ifdef USE_CTRLCLICKMENU
|
|
|
205 static short clickIsPopup;
|
|
|
206 #endif
|
|
|
207
|
|
|
208 /* Feedback Action for Scrollbar */
|
|
|
209 ControlActionUPP gScrollAction;
|
|
|
210 ControlActionUPP gScrollDrag;
|
|
|
211
|
|
|
212 /* Keeping track of which scrollbar is being dragged */
|
|
|
213 static ControlHandle dragged_sb = NULL;
|
|
|
214
|
|
13
|
215 #if defined(USE_CARBONIZED) && defined(MACOS_X)
|
|
|
216 static struct
|
|
|
217 {
|
|
|
218 FMFontFamily family;
|
|
|
219 FMFontSize size;
|
|
|
220 FMFontStyle style;
|
|
|
221 Boolean isPanelVisible;
|
|
|
222 } gFontPanelInfo = { 0, 0, 0, false };
|
|
|
223 #endif
|
|
|
224
|
|
168
|
225 #if defined(USE_CARBONIZED) && defined(FEAT_MBYTE)
|
|
|
226 # define USE_ATSUI_DRAWING
|
|
|
227 ATSUStyle gFontStyle;
|
|
|
228 Boolean gIsFontFallbackSet;
|
|
|
229 #endif
|
|
|
230
|
|
7
|
231 /*
|
|
|
232 * The Quickdraw global is predefined in CodeWarior
|
|
|
233 * but is not in Apple MPW
|
|
|
234 */
|
|
|
235 #if (defined(__MRC__) || defined(__SC__))
|
|
|
236 # if !(defined(TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON) && TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON)
|
|
|
237 QDGlobals qd;
|
|
|
238 # endif
|
|
|
239 #endif
|
|
|
240
|
|
|
241 /* Colors Macros */
|
|
|
242 #define RGB(r,g,b) ((r) << 16) + ((g) << 8) + (b)
|
|
|
243 #define Red(c) ((c & 0x00FF0000) >> 16)
|
|
|
244 #define Green(c) ((c & 0x0000FF00) >> 8)
|
|
|
245 #define Blue(c) ((c & 0x000000FF) >> 0)
|
|
|
246
|
|
|
247 /* Key mapping */
|
|
|
248
|
|
|
249 #define vk_Esc 0x35 /* -> 1B */
|
|
|
250
|
|
|
251 #define vk_F1 0x7A /* -> 10 */
|
|
|
252 #define vk_F2 0x78 /*0x63*/
|
|
|
253 #define vk_F3 0x63 /*0x76*/
|
|
|
254 #define vk_F4 0x76 /*0x60*/
|
|
|
255 #define vk_F5 0x60 /*0x61*/
|
|
|
256 #define vk_F6 0x61 /*0x62*/
|
|
|
257 #define vk_F7 0x62 /*0x63*/ /*?*/
|
|
|
258 #define vk_F8 0x64
|
|
|
259 #define vk_F9 0x65
|
|
|
260 #define vk_F10 0x6D
|
|
|
261 #define vk_F11 0x67
|
|
|
262 #define vk_F12 0x6F
|
|
|
263 #define vk_F13 0x69
|
|
|
264 #define vk_F14 0x6B
|
|
|
265 #define vk_F15 0x71
|
|
|
266
|
|
|
267 #define vk_Clr 0x47 /* -> 1B (ESC) */
|
|
|
268 #define vk_Enter 0x4C /* -> 03 */
|
|
|
269
|
|
|
270 #define vk_Space 0x31 /* -> 20 */
|
|
|
271 #define vk_Tab 0x30 /* -> 09 */
|
|
|
272 #define vk_Return 0x24 /* -> 0D */
|
|
|
273 /* This is wrong for OSX, what is it for? */
|
|
|
274 #define vk_Delete 0X08 /* -> 08 BackSpace */
|
|
|
275
|
|
|
276 #define vk_Help 0x72 /* -> 05 */
|
|
|
277 #define vk_Home 0x73 /* -> 01 */
|
|
|
278 #define vk_PageUp 0x74 /* -> 0D */
|
|
|
279 #define vk_FwdDelete 0x75 /* -> 7F */
|
|
|
280 #define vk_End 0x77 /* -> 04 */
|
|
|
281 #define vk_PageDown 0x79 /* -> 0C */
|
|
|
282
|
|
|
283 #define vk_Up 0x7E /* -> 1E */
|
|
|
284 #define vk_Down 0x7D /* -> 1F */
|
|
|
285 #define vk_Left 0x7B /* -> 1C */
|
|
|
286 #define vk_Right 0x7C /* -> 1D */
|
|
|
287
|
|
|
288 #define vk_Undo vk_F1
|
|
|
289 #define vk_Cut vk_F2
|
|
|
290 #define vk_Copy vk_F3
|
|
|
291 #define vk_Paste vk_F4
|
|
|
292 #define vk_PrintScreen vk_F13
|
|
|
293 #define vk_SCrollLock vk_F14
|
|
|
294 #define vk_Pause vk_F15
|
|
|
295 #define vk_NumLock vk_Clr
|
|
|
296 #define vk_Insert vk_Help
|
|
|
297
|
|
|
298 #define KeySym char
|
|
|
299
|
|
|
300 static struct
|
|
|
301 {
|
|
|
302 KeySym key_sym;
|
|
|
303 char_u vim_code0;
|
|
|
304 char_u vim_code1;
|
|
|
305 } special_keys[] =
|
|
|
306 {
|
|
|
307 {vk_Up, 'k', 'u'},
|
|
|
308 {vk_Down, 'k', 'd'},
|
|
|
309 {vk_Left, 'k', 'l'},
|
|
|
310 {vk_Right, 'k', 'r'},
|
|
|
311
|
|
|
312 {vk_F1, 'k', '1'},
|
|
|
313 {vk_F2, 'k', '2'},
|
|
|
314 {vk_F3, 'k', '3'},
|
|
|
315 {vk_F4, 'k', '4'},
|
|
|
316 {vk_F5, 'k', '5'},
|
|
|
317 {vk_F6, 'k', '6'},
|
|
|
318 {vk_F7, 'k', '7'},
|
|
|
319 {vk_F8, 'k', '8'},
|
|
|
320 {vk_F9, 'k', '9'},
|
|
|
321 {vk_F10, 'k', ';'},
|
|
|
322
|
|
|
323 {vk_F11, 'F', '1'},
|
|
|
324 {vk_F12, 'F', '2'},
|
|
|
325 {vk_F13, 'F', '3'},
|
|
|
326 {vk_F14, 'F', '4'},
|
|
|
327 {vk_F15, 'F', '5'},
|
|
|
328
|
|
|
329 /* {XK_Help, '%', '1'}, */
|
|
|
330 /* {XK_Undo, '&', '8'}, */
|
|
|
331 /* {XK_BackSpace, 'k', 'b'}, */
|
|
|
332 #ifndef MACOS_X
|
|
|
333 {vk_Delete, 'k', 'b'},
|
|
|
334 #endif
|
|
|
335 {vk_Insert, 'k', 'I'},
|
|
|
336 {vk_FwdDelete, 'k', 'D'},
|
|
|
337 {vk_Home, 'k', 'h'},
|
|
|
338 {vk_End, '@', '7'},
|
|
|
339 /* {XK_Prior, 'k', 'P'}, */
|
|
|
340 /* {XK_Next, 'k', 'N'}, */
|
|
|
341 /* {XK_Print, '%', '9'}, */
|
|
|
342
|
|
|
343 {vk_PageUp, 'k', 'P'},
|
|
|
344 {vk_PageDown, 'k', 'N'},
|
|
|
345
|
|
|
346 /* End of list marker: */
|
|
|
347 {(KeySym)0, 0, 0}
|
|
|
348 };
|
|
|
349
|
|
|
350 /*
|
|
|
351 * ------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
352 * Forward declaration (for those needed)
|
|
|
353 * ------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
354 */
|
|
|
355
|
|
|
356 #ifdef USE_AEVENT
|
|
9
|
357 OSErr HandleUnusedParms(const AppleEvent *theAEvent);
|
|
7
|
358 #endif
|
|
|
359
|
|
|
360 /*
|
|
|
361 * ------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
362 * Conversion Utility
|
|
|
363 * ------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
364 */
|
|
|
365
|
|
|
366 /*
|
|
|
367 * C2Pascal_save
|
|
|
368 *
|
|
|
369 * Allocate memory and convert the C-String passed in
|
|
|
370 * into a pascal string
|
|
|
371 *
|
|
|
372 */
|
|
|
373
|
|
|
374 char_u *C2Pascal_save(char_u *Cstring)
|
|
|
375 {
|
|
|
376 char_u *PascalString;
|
|
|
377 int len;
|
|
|
378
|
|
|
379 if (Cstring == NULL)
|
|
|
380 return NULL;
|
|
|
381
|
|
|
382 len = STRLEN(Cstring);
|
|
|
383
|
|
|
384 if (len > 255) /* Truncate if necessary */
|
|
|
385 len = 255;
|
|
|
386
|
|
|
387 PascalString = alloc(len + 1);
|
|
|
388 if (PascalString != NULL)
|
|
|
389 {
|
|
|
390 mch_memmove(PascalString + 1, Cstring, len);
|
|
|
391 PascalString[0] = len;
|
|
|
392 }
|
|
|
393
|
|
|
394 return PascalString;
|
|
|
395 }
|
|
|
396
|
|
|
397 /*
|
|
|
398 * C2Pascal_save_and_remove_backslash
|
|
|
399 *
|
|
|
400 * Allocate memory and convert the C-String passed in
|
|
|
401 * into a pascal string. Also remove the backslash at the same time
|
|
|
402 *
|
|
|
403 */
|
|
|
404
|
|
|
405 char_u *C2Pascal_save_and_remove_backslash(char_u *Cstring)
|
|
|
406 {
|
|
|
407 char_u *PascalString;
|
|
|
408 int len;
|
|
|
409 char_u *p, *c;
|
|
|
410
|
|
|
411 len = STRLEN(Cstring);
|
|
|
412
|
|
|
413 if (len > 255) /* Truncate if necessary */
|
|
|
414 len = 255;
|
|
|
415
|
|
|
416 PascalString = alloc(len + 1);
|
|
|
417 if (PascalString != NULL)
|
|
|
418 {
|
|
|
419 for (c = Cstring, p = PascalString+1, len = 0; (*c != 0) && (len < 255); c++)
|
|
|
420 {
|
|
|
421 if ((*c == '\\') && (c[1] != 0))
|
|
|
422 {
|
|
|
423 c++;
|
|
|
424 }
|
|
|
425 *p = *c;
|
|
|
426 p++;
|
|
|
427 len++;
|
|
|
428 }
|
|
|
429 PascalString[0] = len;
|
|
|
430 }
|
|
|
431
|
|
|
432 return PascalString;
|
|
|
433 }
|
|
|
434
|
|
|
435 /*
|
|
|
436 * Convert the modifiers of an Event into vim's modifiers (mouse)
|
|
|
437 */
|
|
|
438
|
|
|
439 int_u
|
|
|
440 EventModifiers2VimMouseModifiers(EventModifiers macModifiers)
|
|
|
441 {
|
|
|
442 int_u vimModifiers = 0x00;
|
|
|
443
|
|
|
444 if (macModifiers & (shiftKey | rightShiftKey))
|
|
|
445 vimModifiers |= MOUSE_SHIFT;
|
|
|
446 if (macModifiers & (controlKey | rightControlKey))
|
|
|
447 vimModifiers |= MOUSE_CTRL;
|
|
|
448 if (macModifiers & (optionKey | rightOptionKey))
|
|
|
449 vimModifiers |= MOUSE_ALT;
|
|
|
450 #if 0
|
|
|
451 /* Not yet supported */
|
|
|
452 if (macModifiers & (cmdKey)) /* There's no rightCmdKey */
|
|
|
453 vimModifiers |= MOUSE_CMD;
|
|
|
454 #endif
|
|
|
455 return (vimModifiers);
|
|
|
456 }
|
|
|
457
|
|
|
458 /*
|
|
|
459 * Convert the modifiers of an Event into vim's modifiers (keys)
|
|
|
460 */
|
|
|
461
|
|
|
462 static int_u
|
|
|
463 EventModifiers2VimModifiers(EventModifiers macModifiers)
|
|
|
464 {
|
|
|
465 int_u vimModifiers = 0x00;
|
|
|
466
|
|
|
467 if (macModifiers & (shiftKey | rightShiftKey))
|
|
|
468 vimModifiers |= MOD_MASK_SHIFT;
|
|
|
469 if (macModifiers & (controlKey | rightControlKey))
|
|
|
470 vimModifiers |= MOD_MASK_CTRL;
|
|
|
471 if (macModifiers & (optionKey | rightOptionKey))
|
|
|
472 vimModifiers |= MOD_MASK_ALT;
|
|
|
473 #ifdef USE_CMD_KEY
|
|
|
474 if (macModifiers & (cmdKey)) /* There's no rightCmdKey */
|
|
|
475 vimModifiers |= MOD_MASK_CMD;
|
|
|
476 #endif
|
|
|
477 return (vimModifiers);
|
|
|
478 }
|
|
|
479
|
|
|
480 /* Convert a string representing a point size into pixels. The string should
|
|
|
481 * be a positive decimal number, with an optional decimal point (eg, "12", or
|
|
|
482 * "10.5"). The pixel value is returned, and a pointer to the next unconverted
|
|
|
483 * character is stored in *end. The flag "vertical" says whether this
|
|
|
484 * calculation is for a vertical (height) size or a horizontal (width) one.
|
|
|
485 *
|
|
|
486 * From gui_w48.c
|
|
|
487 */
|
|
|
488 static int
|
|
|
489 points_to_pixels(char_u *str, char_u **end, int vertical)
|
|
|
490 {
|
|
|
491 int pixels;
|
|
|
492 int points = 0;
|
|
|
493 int divisor = 0;
|
|
|
494
|
|
|
495 while (*str)
|
|
|
496 {
|
|
|
497 if (*str == '.' && divisor == 0)
|
|
|
498 {
|
|
|
499 /* Start keeping a divisor, for later */
|
|
|
500 divisor = 1;
|
|
|
501 continue;
|
|
|
502 }
|
|
|
503
|
|
|
504 if (!isdigit(*str))
|
|
|
505 break;
|
|
|
506
|
|
|
507 points *= 10;
|
|
|
508 points += *str - '0';
|
|
|
509 divisor *= 10;
|
|
|
510
|
|
|
511 ++str;
|
|
|
512 }
|
|
|
513
|
|
|
514 if (divisor == 0)
|
|
|
515 divisor = 1;
|
|
|
516
|
|
|
517 pixels = points/divisor;
|
|
|
518 *end = str;
|
|
|
519 return pixels;
|
|
|
520 }
|
|
|
521
|
|
168
|
522 #if defined(USE_CARBONIZED) && defined(FEAT_MBYTE)
|
|
|
523 /*
|
|
|
524 * Deletes all traces of any Windows-style mnemonic text (including any
|
|
|
525 * parentheses) from a menu item and returns the cleaned menu item title.
|
|
|
526 * The caller is responsible for releasing the returned string.
|
|
|
527 */
|
|
|
528 static CFStringRef
|
|
|
529 menu_title_removing_mnemonic(menu)
|
|
|
530 vimmenu_T *menu;
|
|
|
531 {
|
|
|
532 CFStringRef name;
|
|
|
533 size_t menuTitleLen;
|
|
|
534 CFIndex displayLen;
|
|
|
535 CFRange mnemonicStart;
|
|
|
536 CFRange mnemonicEnd;
|
|
|
537 CFMutableStringRef cleanedName;
|
|
|
538
|
|
|
539 menuTitleLen = STRLEN(menu->dname);
|
|
|
540 name = mac_enc_to_cfstring(menu->dname, menuTitleLen);
|
|
|
541
|
|
|
542 if (name)
|
|
|
543 {
|
|
|
544 /* Simple mnemonic-removal algorithm, assumes single parenthesized
|
|
|
545 * mnemonic character towards the end of the menu text */
|
|
|
546 mnemonicStart = CFStringFind(name, CFSTR("("), kCFCompareBackwards);
|
|
|
547 displayLen = CFStringGetLength(name);
|
|
|
548
|
|
|
549 if (mnemonicStart.location != kCFNotFound
|
|
|
550 && (mnemonicStart.location + 2) < displayLen
|
|
|
551 && CFStringGetCharacterAtIndex(name,
|
|
|
552 mnemonicStart.location + 1) == (UniChar)menu->mnemonic)
|
|
|
553 {
|
|
|
554 if (CFStringFindWithOptions(name, CFSTR(")"),
|
|
|
555 CFRangeMake(mnemonicStart.location + 1,
|
|
|
556 displayLen - mnemonicStart.location - 1),
|
|
|
557 kCFCompareBackwards, &mnemonicEnd) &&
|
|
|
558 (mnemonicStart.location + 2) == mnemonicEnd.location)
|
|
|
559 {
|
|
|
560 cleanedName = CFStringCreateMutableCopy(NULL, 0, name);
|
|
|
561 if (cleanedName)
|
|
|
562 {
|
|
|
563 CFStringDelete(cleanedName,
|
|
|
564 CFRangeMake(mnemonicStart.location,
|
|
|
565 mnemonicEnd.location + 1 -
|
|
|
566 mnemonicStart.location));
|
|
|
567
|
|
|
568 CFRelease(name);
|
|
|
569 name = cleanedName;
|
|
|
570 }
|
|
|
571 }
|
|
|
572 }
|
|
|
573 }
|
|
|
574
|
|
|
575 return name;
|
|
|
576 }
|
|
|
577 #endif
|
|
|
578
|
|
7
|
579 /*
|
|
|
580 * Convert a list of FSSpec aliases into a list of fullpathname
|
|
|
581 * character strings.
|
|
|
582 */
|
|
|
583
|
|
|
584 char_u **new_fnames_from_AEDesc(AEDesc *theList, long *numFiles, OSErr *error)
|
|
|
585 {
|
|
|
586 char_u **fnames = NULL;
|
|
|
587 OSErr newError;
|
|
|
588 long fileCount;
|
|
|
589 FSSpec fileToOpen;
|
|
|
590 long actualSize;
|
|
|
591 AEKeyword dummyKeyword;
|
|
|
592 DescType dummyType;
|
|
|
593
|
|
|
594 /* Get number of files in list */
|
|
|
595 *error = AECountItems(theList, numFiles);
|
|
|
596 if (*error)
|
|
|
597 {
|
|
|
598 #ifdef USE_SIOUX
|
|
9
|
599 printf("fname_from_AEDesc: AECountItems error: %d\n", error);
|
|
7
|
600 #endif
|
|
|
601 return(fnames);
|
|
|
602 }
|
|
|
603
|
|
|
604 /* Allocate the pointer list */
|
|
|
605 fnames = (char_u **) alloc(*numFiles * sizeof(char_u *));
|
|
|
606
|
|
|
607 /* Empty out the list */
|
|
|
608 for (fileCount = 0; fileCount < *numFiles; fileCount++)
|
|
|
609 fnames[fileCount] = NULL;
|
|
|
610
|
|
|
611 /* Scan the list of FSSpec */
|
|
|
612 for (fileCount = 1; fileCount <= *numFiles; fileCount++)
|
|
|
613 {
|
|
|
614 /* Get the alias for the nth file, convert to an FSSpec */
|
|
|
615 newError = AEGetNthPtr(theList, fileCount, typeFSS,
|
|
|
616 &dummyKeyword, &dummyType,
|
|
|
617 (Ptr) &fileToOpen, sizeof(FSSpec), &actualSize);
|
|
|
618 if (newError)
|
|
|
619 {
|
|
|
620 /* Caller is able to clean up */
|
|
|
621 /* TODO: Should be clean up or not? For safety. */
|
|
|
622 #ifdef USE_SIOUX
|
|
37
|
623 printf("aevt_odoc: AEGetNthPtr error: %ld\n", (long)newError);
|
|
7
|
624 #endif
|
|
|
625 return(fnames);
|
|
|
626 }
|
|
|
627
|
|
|
628 /* Convert the FSSpec to a pathname */
|
|
9
|
629 fnames[fileCount - 1] = FullPathFromFSSpec_save(fileToOpen);
|
|
7
|
630 }
|
|
|
631
|
|
|
632 return (fnames);
|
|
|
633 }
|
|
|
634
|
|
|
635 /*
|
|
|
636 * ------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
637 * CodeWarrior External Editor Support
|
|
|
638 * ------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
639 */
|
|
|
640 #ifdef FEAT_CW_EDITOR
|
|
|
641
|
|
|
642 /*
|
|
|
643 * Handle the Window Search event from CodeWarrior
|
|
|
644 *
|
|
|
645 * Description
|
|
|
646 * -----------
|
|
|
647 *
|
|
|
648 * The IDE sends the Window Search AppleEvent to the editor when it
|
|
|
649 * needs to know whether a particular file is open in the editor.
|
|
|
650 *
|
|
|
651 * Event Reply
|
|
|
652 * -----------
|
|
|
653 *
|
|
|
654 * None. Put data in the location specified in the structure received.
|
|
|
655 *
|
|
|
656 * Remarks
|
|
|
657 * -------
|
|
|
658 *
|
|
|
659 * When the editor receives this event, determine whether the specified
|
|
|
660 * file is open. If it is, return the modification date/time for that file
|
|
|
661 * in the appropriate location specified in the structure. If the file is
|
|
9
|
662 * not opened, put the value fnfErr(file not found) in that location.
|
|
7
|
663 *
|
|
|
664 */
|
|
|
665
|
|
|
666 #if defined(__MWERKS__) /* only in Codewarrior */
|
|
|
667 # pragma options align=mac68k
|
|
|
668 #endif
|
|
|
669 typedef struct WindowSearch WindowSearch;
|
|
|
670 struct WindowSearch /* for handling class 'KAHL', event 'SRCH', keyDirectObject typeChar*/
|
|
|
671 {
|
|
|
672 FSSpec theFile; // identifies the file
|
|
|
673 long *theDate; // where to put the modification date/time
|
|
|
674 };
|
|
|
675 #if defined(__MWERKS__) /* only in Codewarrior */
|
|
|
676 # pragma options align=reset
|
|
|
677 #endif
|
|
|
678
|
|
9
|
679 pascal OSErr
|
|
|
680 Handle_KAHL_SRCH_AE(const AppleEvent *theAEvent, AppleEvent *theReply, long refCon)
|
|
7
|
681 {
|
|
|
682 OSErr error = noErr;
|
|
|
683 buf_T *buf;
|
|
|
684 int foundFile = false;
|
|
|
685 DescType typeCode;
|
|
|
686 WindowSearch SearchData;
|
|
|
687 Size actualSize;
|
|
|
688
|
|
|
689 error = AEGetParamPtr(theAEvent, keyDirectObject, typeChar, &typeCode, (Ptr) &SearchData, sizeof(WindowSearch), &actualSize);
|
|
|
690 if (error)
|
|
|
691 {
|
|
|
692 #ifdef USE_SIOUX
|
|
9
|
693 printf("KAHL_SRCH: AEGetParamPtr error: %d\n", error);
|
|
7
|
694 #endif
|
|
|
695 return(error);
|
|
|
696 }
|
|
|
697
|
|
9
|
698 error = HandleUnusedParms(theAEvent);
|
|
7
|
699 if (error)
|
|
|
700 {
|
|
|
701 #ifdef USE_SIOUX
|
|
9
|
702 printf("KAHL_SRCH: HandleUnusedParms error: %d\n", error);
|
|
7
|
703 #endif
|
|
|
704 return(error);
|
|
|
705 }
|
|
|
706
|
|
|
707 for (buf = firstbuf; buf != NULL; buf = buf->b_next)
|
|
|
708 if (buf->b_ml.ml_mfp != NULL
|
|
|
709 && SearchData.theFile.parID == buf->b_FSSpec.parID
|
|
|
710 && SearchData.theFile.name[0] == buf->b_FSSpec.name[0]
|
|
|
711 && STRNCMP(SearchData.theFile.name, buf->b_FSSpec.name, buf->b_FSSpec.name[0] + 1) == 0)
|
|
|
712 {
|
|
|
713 foundFile = true;
|
|
|
714 break;
|
|
|
715 }
|
|
|
716
|
|
|
717 if (foundFile == false)
|
|
|
718 *SearchData.theDate = fnfErr;
|
|
|
719 else
|
|
|
720 *SearchData.theDate = buf->b_mtime;
|
|
|
721
|
|
|
722 #ifdef USE_SIOUX
|
|
9
|
723 printf("KAHL_SRCH: file \"%#s\" {%d}", SearchData.theFile.name,SearchData.theFile.parID);
|
|
7
|
724 if (foundFile == false)
|
|
9
|
725 printf(" NOT");
|
|
|
726 printf(" found. [date %lx, %lx]\n", *SearchData.theDate, buf->b_mtime_read);
|
|
7
|
727 #endif
|
|
|
728
|
|
|
729 return error;
|
|
|
730 };
|
|
|
731
|
|
|
732 /*
|
|
|
733 * Handle the Modified (from IDE to Editor) event from CodeWarrior
|
|
|
734 *
|
|
|
735 * Description
|
|
|
736 * -----------
|
|
|
737 *
|
|
|
738 * The IDE sends this event to the external editor when it wants to
|
|
|
739 * know which files that are open in the editor have been modified.
|
|
|
740 *
|
|
|
741 * Parameters None.
|
|
|
742 * ----------
|
|
|
743 *
|
|
|
744 * Event Reply
|
|
|
745 * -----------
|
|
|
746 * The reply for this event is:
|
|
|
747 *
|
|
|
748 * keyDirectObject typeAEList required
|
|
|
749 * each element in the list is a structure of typeChar
|
|
|
750 *
|
|
|
751 * Remarks
|
|
|
752 * -------
|
|
|
753 *
|
|
|
754 * When building the reply event, include one element in the list for
|
|
|
755 * each open file that has been modified.
|
|
|
756 *
|
|
|
757 */
|
|
|
758
|
|
|
759 #if defined(__MWERKS__) /* only in Codewarrior */
|
|
|
760 # pragma options align=mac68k
|
|
|
761 #endif
|
|
|
762 typedef struct ModificationInfo ModificationInfo;
|
|
|
763 struct ModificationInfo /* for replying to class 'KAHL', event 'MOD ', keyDirectObject typeAEList*/
|
|
|
764 {
|
|
|
765 FSSpec theFile; // identifies the file
|
|
|
766 long theDate; // the date/time the file was last modified
|
|
|
767 short saved; // set this to zero when replying, unused
|
|
|
768 };
|
|
|
769 #if defined(__MWERKS__) /* only in Codewarrior */
|
|
|
770 # pragma options align=reset
|
|
|
771 #endif
|
|
|
772
|
|
9
|
773 pascal OSErr
|
|
|
774 Handle_KAHL_MOD_AE(const AppleEvent *theAEvent, AppleEvent *theReply, long refCon)
|
|
7
|
775 {
|
|
|
776 OSErr error = noErr;
|
|
|
777 AEDescList replyList;
|
|
|
778 long numFiles;
|
|
|
779 ModificationInfo theFile;
|
|
|
780 buf_T *buf;
|
|
|
781
|
|
|
782 theFile.saved = 0;
|
|
|
783
|
|
9
|
784 error = HandleUnusedParms(theAEvent);
|
|
7
|
785 if (error)
|
|
|
786 {
|
|
|
787 #ifdef USE_SIOUX
|
|
9
|
788 printf("KAHL_MOD: HandleUnusedParms error: %d\n", error);
|
|
7
|
789 #endif
|
|
|
790 return(error);
|
|
|
791 }
|
|
|
792
|
|
|
793 /* Send the reply */
|
|
|
794 /* replyObject.descriptorType = typeNull;
|
|
|
795 replyObject.dataHandle = nil;*/
|
|
|
796
|
|
|
797 /* AECreateDesc(typeChar, (Ptr)&title[1], title[0], &data) */
|
|
|
798 error = AECreateList(nil, 0, false, &replyList);
|
|
|
799 if (error)
|
|
|
800 {
|
|
|
801 #ifdef USE_SIOUX
|
|
9
|
802 printf("KAHL_MOD: AECreateList error: %d\n", error);
|
|
7
|
803 #endif
|
|
|
804 return(error);
|
|
|
805 }
|
|
|
806
|
|
|
807 #if 0
|
|
|
808 error = AECountItems(&replyList, &numFiles);
|
|
|
809 #ifdef USE_SIOUX
|
|
9
|
810 printf("KAHL_MOD ReplyList: %x %x\n", replyList.descriptorType, replyList.dataHandle);
|
|
|
811 printf("KAHL_MOD ItemInList: %d\n", numFiles);
|
|
|
812 #endif
|
|
|
813
|
|
|
814 /* AEPutKeyDesc(&replyList, keyAEPnject, &aDesc)
|
|
|
815 * AEPutKeyPtr(&replyList, keyAEPosition, typeChar, (Ptr)&theType,
|
|
7
|
816 * sizeof(DescType))
|
|
|
817 */
|
|
|
818
|
|
|
819 /* AEPutDesc */
|
|
|
820 #endif
|
|
|
821
|
|
|
822 numFiles = 0;
|
|
|
823 for (buf = firstbuf; buf != NULL; buf = buf->b_next)
|
|
|
824 if (buf->b_ml.ml_mfp != NULL)
|
|
|
825 {
|
|
|
826 /* Add this file to the list */
|
|
|
827 theFile.theFile = buf->b_FSSpec;
|
|
|
828 theFile.theDate = buf->b_mtime;
|
|
9
|
829 /* theFile.theDate = time(NULL) & (time_t) 0xFFFFFFF0; */
|
|
|
830 error = AEPutPtr(&replyList, numFiles, typeChar, (Ptr) &theFile, sizeof(theFile));
|
|
7
|
831 #ifdef USE_SIOUX
|
|
|
832 if (numFiles == 0)
|
|
9
|
833 printf("KAHL_MOD: ");
|
|
7
|
834 else
|
|
9
|
835 printf(", ");
|
|
|
836 printf("\"%#s\" {%d} [date %lx, %lx]", theFile.theFile.name, theFile.theFile.parID, theFile.theDate, buf->b_mtime_read);
|
|
7
|
837 if (error)
|
|
9
|
838 printf(" (%d)", error);
|
|
7
|
839 numFiles++;
|
|
|
840 #endif
|
|
|
841 };
|
|
|
842
|
|
|
843 #ifdef USE_SIOUX
|
|
9
|
844 printf("\n");
|
|
7
|
845 #endif
|
|
|
846
|
|
|
847 #if 0
|
|
|
848 error = AECountItems(&replyList, &numFiles);
|
|
|
849 #ifdef USE_SIOUX
|
|
9
|
850 printf("KAHL_MOD ItemInList: %d\n", numFiles);
|
|
7
|
851 #endif
|
|
|
852 #endif
|
|
|
853
|
|
|
854 /* We can add data only if something to reply */
|
|
9
|
855 error = AEPutParamDesc(theReply, keyDirectObject, &replyList);
|
|
7
|
856
|
|
|
857 #ifdef USE_SIOUX
|
|
|
858 if (error)
|
|
9
|
859 printf("KAHL_MOD: AEPutParamDesc error: %d\n", error);
|
|
7
|
860 #endif
|
|
|
861
|
|
|
862 if (replyList.dataHandle)
|
|
|
863 AEDisposeDesc(&replyList);
|
|
|
864
|
|
|
865 return error;
|
|
|
866 };
|
|
|
867
|
|
|
868 /*
|
|
|
869 * Handle the Get Text event from CodeWarrior
|
|
|
870 *
|
|
|
871 * Description
|
|
|
872 * -----------
|
|
|
873 *
|
|
|
874 * The IDE sends the Get Text AppleEvent to the editor when it needs
|
|
|
875 * the source code from a file. For example, when the user issues a
|
|
|
876 * Check Syntax or Compile command, the compiler needs access to
|
|
|
877 * the source code contained in the file.
|
|
|
878 *
|
|
|
879 * Event Reply
|
|
|
880 * -----------
|
|
|
881 *
|
|
|
882 * None. Put data in locations specified in the structure received.
|
|
|
883 *
|
|
|
884 * Remarks
|
|
|
885 * -------
|
|
|
886 *
|
|
|
887 * When the editor receives this event, it must set the size of the handle
|
|
|
888 * in theText to fit the data in the file. It must then copy the entire
|
|
|
889 * contents of the specified file into the memory location specified in
|
|
|
890 * theText.
|
|
|
891 *
|
|
|
892 */
|
|
|
893
|
|
|
894 #if defined(__MWERKS__) /* only in Codewarrior */
|
|
|
895 # pragma options align=mac68k
|
|
|
896 #endif
|
|
|
897 typedef struct CW_GetText CW_GetText;
|
|
|
898 struct CW_GetText /* for handling class 'KAHL', event 'GTTX', keyDirectObject typeChar*/
|
|
|
899 {
|
|
|
900 FSSpec theFile; /* identifies the file */
|
|
|
901 Handle theText; /* the location where you return the text (must be resized properly) */
|
|
|
902 long *unused; /* 0 (not used) */
|
|
|
903 long *theDate; /* where to put the modification date/time */
|
|
|
904 };
|
|
|
905 #if defined(__MWERKS__) /* only in Codewarrior */
|
|
|
906 # pragma options align=reset
|
|
|
907 #endif
|
|
|
908
|
|
9
|
909 pascal OSErr
|
|
|
910 Handle_KAHL_GTTX_AE(const AppleEvent *theAEvent, AppleEvent *theReply, long refCon)
|
|
7
|
911 {
|
|
|
912 OSErr error = noErr;
|
|
|
913 buf_T *buf;
|
|
|
914 int foundFile = false;
|
|
|
915 DescType typeCode;
|
|
|
916 CW_GetText GetTextData;
|
|
|
917 Size actualSize;
|
|
|
918 char_u *line;
|
|
|
919 char_u *fullbuffer = NULL;
|
|
|
920 long linesize;
|
|
|
921 long lineStart;
|
|
|
922 long BufferSize;
|
|
|
923 long lineno;
|
|
|
924
|
|
|
925 error = AEGetParamPtr(theAEvent, keyDirectObject, typeChar, &typeCode, (Ptr) &GetTextData, sizeof(GetTextData), &actualSize);
|
|
|
926
|
|
|
927 if (error)
|
|
|
928 {
|
|
|
929 #ifdef USE_SIOUX
|
|
9
|
930 printf("KAHL_GTTX: AEGetParamPtr error: %d\n", error);
|
|
7
|
931 #endif
|
|
|
932 return(error);
|
|
|
933 }
|
|
|
934
|
|
|
935 for (buf = firstbuf; buf != NULL; buf = buf->b_next)
|
|
|
936 if (buf->b_ml.ml_mfp != NULL)
|
|
|
937 if (GetTextData.theFile.parID == buf->b_FSSpec.parID)
|
|
|
938 {
|
|
|
939 foundFile = true;
|
|
|
940 break;
|
|
|
941 }
|
|
|
942
|
|
|
943 if (foundFile)
|
|
|
944 {
|
|
9
|
945 BufferSize = 0; /* GetHandleSize(GetTextData.theText); */
|
|
7
|
946 for (lineno = 0; lineno <= buf->b_ml.ml_line_count; lineno++)
|
|
|
947 {
|
|
|
948 /* Must use the right buffer */
|
|
|
949 line = ml_get_buf(buf, (linenr_T) lineno, FALSE);
|
|
|
950 linesize = STRLEN(line) + 1;
|
|
|
951 lineStart = BufferSize;
|
|
|
952 BufferSize += linesize;
|
|
|
953 /* Resize handle to linesize+1 to include the linefeed */
|
|
9
|
954 SetHandleSize(GetTextData.theText, BufferSize);
|
|
|
955 if (GetHandleSize(GetTextData.theText) != BufferSize)
|
|
7
|
956 {
|
|
|
957 #ifdef USE_SIOUX
|
|
9
|
958 printf("KAHL_GTTX: SetHandleSize increase: %d, size %d\n",
|
|
7
|
959 linesize, BufferSize);
|
|
|
960 #endif
|
|
|
961 break; /* Simple handling for now */
|
|
|
962 }
|
|
|
963 else
|
|
|
964 {
|
|
9
|
965 HLock(GetTextData.theText);
|
|
7
|
966 fullbuffer = (char_u *) *GetTextData.theText;
|
|
9
|
967 STRCPY((char_u *)(fullbuffer + lineStart), line);
|
|
7
|
968 fullbuffer[BufferSize-1] = '\r';
|
|
9
|
969 HUnlock(GetTextData.theText);
|
|
7
|
970 }
|
|
|
971 }
|
|
|
972 if (fullbuffer != NULL)
|
|
|
973 {
|
|
9
|
974 HLock(GetTextData.theText);
|
|
7
|
975 fullbuffer[BufferSize-1] = 0;
|
|
9
|
976 HUnlock(GetTextData.theText);
|
|
7
|
977 }
|
|
|
978 if (foundFile == false)
|
|
|
979 *GetTextData.theDate = fnfErr;
|
|
|
980 else
|
|
9
|
981 /* *GetTextData.theDate = time(NULL) & (time_t) 0xFFFFFFF0;*/
|
|
7
|
982 *GetTextData.theDate = buf->b_mtime;
|
|
|
983 }
|
|
|
984 #ifdef USE_SIOUX
|
|
9
|
985 printf("KAHL_GTTX: file \"%#s\" {%d} [date %lx, %lx]", GetTextData.theFile.name, GetTextData.theFile.parID, *GetTextData.theDate, buf->b_mtime_read);
|
|
7
|
986 if (foundFile == false)
|
|
9
|
987 printf(" NOT");
|
|
|
988 printf(" found. (BufferSize = %d)\n", BufferSize);
|
|
|
989 #endif
|
|
|
990
|
|
|
991 error = HandleUnusedParms(theAEvent);
|
|
7
|
992 if (error)
|
|
|
993 {
|
|
|
994 #ifdef USE_SIOUX
|
|
9
|
995 printf("KAHL_GTTX: HandleUnusedParms error: %d\n", error);
|
|
7
|
996 #endif
|
|
|
997 return(error);
|
|
|
998 }
|
|
|
999
|
|
|
1000 return(error);
|
|
|
1001 }
|
|
|
1002
|
|
|
1003 /*
|
|
|
1004 *
|
|
|
1005 */
|
|
|
1006
|
|
|
1007 /* Taken from MoreAppleEvents:ProcessHelpers*/
|
|
9
|
1008 pascal OSErr FindProcessBySignature(const OSType targetType,
|
|
7
|
1009 const OSType targetCreator,
|
|
9
|
1010 ProcessSerialNumberPtr psnPtr)
|
|
7
|
1011 {
|
|
|
1012 OSErr anErr = noErr;
|
|
|
1013 Boolean lookingForProcess = true;
|
|
|
1014
|
|
|
1015 ProcessInfoRec infoRec;
|
|
|
1016
|
|
9
|
1017 infoRec.processInfoLength = sizeof(ProcessInfoRec);
|
|
7
|
1018 infoRec.processName = nil;
|
|
|
1019 infoRec.processAppSpec = nil;
|
|
|
1020
|
|
|
1021 psnPtr->lowLongOfPSN = kNoProcess;
|
|
|
1022 psnPtr->highLongOfPSN = kNoProcess;
|
|
|
1023
|
|
9
|
1024 while (lookingForProcess)
|
|
7
|
1025 {
|
|
9
|
1026 anErr = GetNextProcess(psnPtr);
|
|
|
1027 if (anErr != noErr)
|
|
7
|
1028 lookingForProcess = false;
|
|
|
1029 else
|
|
|
1030 {
|
|
9
|
1031 anErr = GetProcessInformation(psnPtr, &infoRec);
|
|
|
1032 if ((anErr == noErr)
|
|
|
1033 && (infoRec.processType == targetType)
|
|
|
1034 && (infoRec.processSignature == targetCreator))
|
|
7
|
1035 lookingForProcess = false;
|
|
|
1036 }
|
|
|
1037 }
|
|
|
1038
|
|
|
1039 return anErr;
|
|
|
1040 }//end FindProcessBySignature
|
|
|
1041
|
|
9
|
1042 void
|
|
|
1043 Send_KAHL_MOD_AE(buf_T *buf)
|
|
7
|
1044 {
|
|
9
|
1045 OSErr anErr = noErr;
|
|
|
1046 AEDesc targetAppDesc = { typeNull, nil };
|
|
7
|
1047 ProcessSerialNumber psn = { kNoProcess, kNoProcess };
|
|
|
1048 AppleEvent theReply = { typeNull, nil };
|
|
|
1049 AESendMode sendMode;
|
|
|
1050 AppleEvent theEvent = {typeNull, nil };
|
|
|
1051 AEIdleUPP idleProcUPP = nil;
|
|
|
1052 ModificationInfo ModData;
|
|
|
1053
|
|
|
1054
|
|
9
|
1055 anErr = FindProcessBySignature('APPL', 'CWIE', &psn);
|
|
7
|
1056 #ifdef USE_SIOUX
|
|
9
|
1057 printf("CodeWarrior is");
|
|
7
|
1058 if (anErr != noErr)
|
|
9
|
1059 printf(" NOT");
|
|
|
1060 printf(" running\n");
|
|
|
1061 #endif
|
|
|
1062 if (anErr == noErr)
|
|
7
|
1063 {
|
|
9
|
1064 anErr = AECreateDesc(typeProcessSerialNumber, &psn,
|
|
|
1065 sizeof(ProcessSerialNumber), &targetAppDesc);
|
|
|
1066
|
|
|
1067 if (anErr == noErr)
|
|
7
|
1068 {
|
|
|
1069 anErr = AECreateAppleEvent( 'KAHL', 'MOD ', &targetAppDesc,
|
|
|
1070 kAutoGenerateReturnID, kAnyTransactionID, &theEvent);
|
|
|
1071 }
|
|
|
1072
|
|
9
|
1073 AEDisposeDesc(&targetAppDesc);
|
|
7
|
1074
|
|
|
1075 /* Add the parms */
|
|
|
1076 ModData.theFile = buf->b_FSSpec;
|
|
|
1077 ModData.theDate = buf->b_mtime;
|
|
|
1078
|
|
|
1079 if (anErr == noErr)
|
|
9
|
1080 anErr = AEPutParamPtr(&theEvent, keyDirectObject, typeChar, &ModData, sizeof(ModData));
|
|
|
1081
|
|
|
1082 if (idleProcUPP == nil)
|
|
7
|
1083 sendMode = kAENoReply;
|
|
|
1084 else
|
|
|
1085 sendMode = kAEWaitReply;
|
|
|
1086
|
|
9
|
1087 if (anErr == noErr)
|
|
|
1088 anErr = AESend(&theEvent, &theReply, sendMode, kAENormalPriority, kNoTimeOut, idleProcUPP, nil);
|
|
|
1089 if (anErr == noErr && sendMode == kAEWaitReply)
|
|
7
|
1090 {
|
|
|
1091 #ifdef USE_SIOUX
|
|
9
|
1092 printf("KAHL_MOD: Send error: %d\n", anErr);
|
|
|
1093 #endif
|
|
|
1094 /* anErr = AEHGetHandlerError(&theReply);*/
|
|
7
|
1095 }
|
|
9
|
1096 (void) AEDisposeDesc(&theReply);
|
|
7
|
1097 }
|
|
|
1098 }
|
|
|
1099 #endif /* FEAT_CW_EDITOR */
|
|
|
1100
|
|
|
1101 /*
|
|
|
1102 * ------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
1103 * Apple Event Handling procedure
|
|
|
1104 * ------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
1105 */
|
|
|
1106 #ifdef USE_AEVENT
|
|
|
1107
|
|
|
1108 /*
|
|
|
1109 * Handle the Unused parms of an AppleEvent
|
|
|
1110 */
|
|
|
1111
|
|
9
|
1112 OSErr
|
|
|
1113 HandleUnusedParms(const AppleEvent *theAEvent)
|
|
7
|
1114 {
|
|
|
1115 OSErr error;
|
|
|
1116 long actualSize;
|
|
|
1117 DescType dummyType;
|
|
|
1118 AEKeyword missedKeyword;
|
|
|
1119
|
|
|
1120 /* Get the "missed keyword" attribute from the AppleEvent. */
|
|
|
1121 error = AEGetAttributePtr(theAEvent, keyMissedKeywordAttr,
|
|
|
1122 typeKeyword, &dummyType,
|
|
|
1123 (Ptr)&missedKeyword, sizeof(missedKeyword),
|
|
|
1124 &actualSize);
|
|
|
1125
|
|
|
1126 /* If the descriptor isn't found, then we got the required parameters. */
|
|
|
1127 if (error == errAEDescNotFound)
|
|
|
1128 {
|
|
|
1129 error = noErr;
|
|
|
1130 }
|
|
|
1131 else
|
|
|
1132 {
|
|
|
1133 #if 0
|
|
|
1134 /* Why is this removed? */
|
|
|
1135 error = errAEEventNotHandled;
|
|
|
1136 #endif
|
|
|
1137 }
|
|
|
1138
|
|
|
1139 return error;
|
|
|
1140 }
|
|
|
1141
|
|
|
1142
|
|
|
1143 /*
|
|
|
1144 * Handle the ODoc AppleEvent
|
|
|
1145 *
|
|
|
1146 * Deals with all files dragged to the application icon.
|
|
|
1147 *
|
|
|
1148 */
|
|
|
1149
|
|
|
1150 #if defined(__MWERKS__) /* only in Codewarrior */
|
|
|
1151 # pragma options align=mac68k
|
|
|
1152 #endif
|
|
|
1153 typedef struct SelectionRange SelectionRange;
|
|
|
1154 struct SelectionRange /* for handling kCoreClassEvent:kOpenDocuments:keyAEPosition typeChar */
|
|
|
1155 {
|
|
|
1156 short unused1; // 0 (not used)
|
|
|
1157 short lineNum; // line to select (<0 to specify range)
|
|
|
1158 long startRange; // start of selection range (if line < 0)
|
|
|
1159 long endRange; // end of selection range (if line < 0)
|
|
|
1160 long unused2; // 0 (not used)
|
|
|
1161 long theDate; // modification date/time
|
|
|
1162 };
|
|
|
1163 #if defined(__MWERKS__) /* only in Codewarrior */
|
|
|
1164 # pragma options align=reset
|
|
|
1165 #endif
|
|
|
1166
|
|
|
1167 /* The IDE uses the optional keyAEPosition parameter to tell the ed-
|
|
|
1168 itor the selection range. If lineNum is zero or greater, scroll the text
|
|
|
1169 to the specified line. If lineNum is less than zero, use the values in
|
|
|
1170 startRange and endRange to select the specified characters. Scroll
|
|
|
1171 the text to display the selection. If lineNum, startRange, and
|
|
|
1172 endRange are all negative, there is no selection range specified.
|
|
|
1173 */
|
|
|
1174
|
|
9
|
1175 pascal OSErr
|
|
|
1176 HandleODocAE(const AppleEvent *theAEvent, AppleEvent *theReply, long refCon)
|
|
7
|
1177 {
|
|
|
1178 /*
|
|
|
1179 * TODO: Clean up the code with convert the AppleEvent into
|
|
|
1180 * a ":args"
|
|
|
1181 */
|
|
|
1182 OSErr error = noErr;
|
|
|
1183 // OSErr firstError = noErr;
|
|
|
1184 // short numErrors = 0;
|
|
|
1185 AEDesc theList;
|
|
|
1186 DescType typeCode;
|
|
|
1187 long numFiles;
|
|
|
1188 // long fileCount;
|
|
|
1189 char_u **fnames;
|
|
|
1190 // char_u fname[256];
|
|
|
1191 Size actualSize;
|
|
|
1192 SelectionRange thePosition;
|
|
|
1193 short gotPosition = false;
|
|
|
1194 long lnum;
|
|
|
1195
|
|
|
1196 #ifdef USE_SIOUX
|
|
9
|
1197 printf("aevt_odoc:\n");
|
|
7
|
1198 #endif
|
|
|
1199
|
|
|
1200 /* the direct object parameter is the list of aliases to files (one or more) */
|
|
|
1201 error = AEGetParamDesc(theAEvent, keyDirectObject, typeAEList, &theList);
|
|
|
1202 if (error)
|
|
|
1203 {
|
|
|
1204 #ifdef USE_SIOUX
|
|
37
|
1205 printf("aevt_odoc: AEGetParamDesc error: %ld\n", (long)error);
|
|
7
|
1206 #endif
|
|
|
1207 return(error);
|
|
|
1208 }
|
|
|
1209
|
|
|
1210
|
|
|
1211 error = AEGetParamPtr(theAEvent, keyAEPosition, typeChar, &typeCode, (Ptr) &thePosition, sizeof(SelectionRange), &actualSize);
|
|
|
1212 if (error == noErr)
|
|
|
1213 gotPosition = true;
|
|
|
1214 if (error == errAEDescNotFound)
|
|
|
1215 error = noErr;
|
|
|
1216 if (error)
|
|
|
1217 {
|
|
|
1218 #ifdef USE_SIOUX
|
|
37
|
1219 printf("aevt_odoc: AEGetParamPtr error: %ld\n", (long)error);
|
|
7
|
1220 #endif
|
|
|
1221 return(error);
|
|
|
1222 }
|
|
|
1223
|
|
|
1224 #ifdef USE_SIOUX
|
|
37
|
1225 printf("aevt_odoc: lineNum: %d, startRange %ld, endRange %ld, [date %lx]\n",
|
|
|
1226 (int)thePosition.lineNum,
|
|
|
1227 (long)thePosition.startRange, (long)thePosition.endRange,
|
|
|
1228 (long)thePosition.theDate);
|
|
7
|
1229 #endif
|
|
|
1230 /*
|
|
|
1231 error = AEGetParamDesc(theAEvent, keyAEPosition, typeChar, &thePosition);
|
|
|
1232
|
|
|
1233 if (^error) then
|
|
|
1234 {
|
|
|
1235 if (thePosition.lineNum >= 0)
|
|
|
1236 {
|
|
|
1237 // Goto this line
|
|
|
1238 }
|
|
|
1239 else
|
|
|
1240 {
|
|
|
1241 // Set the range char wise
|
|
|
1242 }
|
|
|
1243 }
|
|
|
1244 */
|
|
|
1245
|
|
|
1246
|
|
|
1247 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
|
|
|
1248 reset_VIsual();
|
|
|
1249 #endif
|
|
|
1250
|
|
|
1251 fnames = new_fnames_from_AEDesc(&theList, &numFiles, &error);
|
|
|
1252
|
|
|
1253 if (error)
|
|
|
1254 {
|
|
|
1255 /* TODO: empty fnames[] first */
|
|
|
1256 vim_free(fnames);
|
|
|
1257 return (error);
|
|
|
1258 }
|
|
|
1259
|
|
|
1260 if (starting > 0)
|
|
|
1261 {
|
|
|
1262 int i;
|
|
|
1263 char_u *p;
|
|
|
1264
|
|
|
1265 /* these are the initial files dropped on the Vim icon */
|
|
|
1266 for (i = 0 ; i < numFiles; i++)
|
|
|
1267 {
|
|
|
1268 if (ga_grow(&global_alist.al_ga, 1) == FAIL
|
|
|
1269 || (p = vim_strsave(fnames[i])) == NULL)
|
|
|
1270 mch_exit(2);
|
|
|
1271 else
|
|
|
1272 alist_add(&global_alist, p, 2);
|
|
|
1273 }
|
|
|
1274 goto finished;
|
|
|
1275 }
|
|
|
1276
|
|
|
1277 /* Handle the drop, :edit to get to the file */
|
|
|
1278 handle_drop(numFiles, fnames, FALSE);
|
|
|
1279
|
|
|
1280 /* TODO: Handle the goto/select line more cleanly */
|
|
|
1281 if ((numFiles == 1) & (gotPosition))
|
|
|
1282 {
|
|
|
1283 if (thePosition.lineNum >= 0)
|
|
|
1284 {
|
|
37
|
1285 lnum = thePosition.lineNum + 1;
|
|
7
|
1286 /* oap->motion_type = MLINE;
|
|
|
1287 setpcmark();*/
|
|
|
1288 if (lnum < 1L)
|
|
|
1289 lnum = 1L;
|
|
|
1290 else if (lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
|
1291 lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
|
|
|
1292 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum;
|
|
37
|
1293 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
|
|
7
|
1294 /* beginline(BL_SOL | BL_FIX);*/
|
|
|
1295 }
|
|
|
1296 else
|
|
|
1297 goto_byte(thePosition.startRange + 1);
|
|
|
1298 }
|
|
|
1299
|
|
|
1300 /* Update the screen display */
|
|
|
1301 update_screen(NOT_VALID);
|
|
37
|
1302 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
|
|
|
1303 /* Select the text if possible */
|
|
|
1304 if (gotPosition)
|
|
|
1305 {
|
|
168
|
1306 VIsual_active = TRUE;
|
|
|
1307 VIsual_select = FALSE;
|
|
|
1308 VIsual = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
1309 if (thePosition.lineNum < 0)
|
|
37
|
1310 {
|
|
168
|
1311 VIsual_mode = 'v';
|
|
|
1312 goto_byte(thePosition.endRange);
|
|
|
1313 }
|
|
|
1314 else
|
|
37
|
1315 {
|
|
168
|
1316 VIsual_mode = 'V';
|
|
|
1317 VIsual.col = 0;
|
|
|
1318 }
|
|
37
|
1319 }
|
|
|
1320 #endif
|
|
7
|
1321 setcursor();
|
|
|
1322 out_flush();
|
|
|
1323
|
|
37
|
1324 /* Fake mouse event to wake from stall */
|
|
|
1325 PostEvent(mouseUp, 0);
|
|
|
1326
|
|
7
|
1327 finished:
|
|
|
1328 AEDisposeDesc(&theList); /* dispose what we allocated */
|
|
|
1329
|
|
9
|
1330 error = HandleUnusedParms(theAEvent);
|
|
7
|
1331 if (error)
|
|
|
1332 {
|
|
|
1333 #ifdef USE_SIOUX
|
|
37
|
1334 printf("aevt_odoc: HandleUnusedParms error: %ld\n", (long)error);
|
|
7
|
1335 #endif
|
|
|
1336 return(error);
|
|
|
1337 }
|
|
|
1338 return(error);
|
|
|
1339 }
|
|
|
1340
|
|
|
1341 /*
|
|
|
1342 *
|
|
|
1343 */
|
|
|
1344
|
|
9
|
1345 pascal OSErr
|
|
|
1346 Handle_aevt_oapp_AE(const AppleEvent *theAEvent, AppleEvent *theReply, long refCon)
|
|
7
|
1347 {
|
|
|
1348 OSErr error = noErr;
|
|
|
1349
|
|
|
1350 #ifdef USE_SIOUX
|
|
9
|
1351 printf("aevt_oapp:\n");
|
|
|
1352 #endif
|
|
|
1353
|
|
|
1354 error = HandleUnusedParms(theAEvent);
|
|
7
|
1355 if (error)
|
|
|
1356 {
|
|
|
1357 return(error);
|
|
|
1358 }
|
|
|
1359
|
|
|
1360 return(error);
|
|
|
1361 }
|
|
|
1362
|
|
|
1363 /*
|
|
|
1364 *
|
|
|
1365 */
|
|
|
1366
|
|
9
|
1367 pascal OSErr
|
|
|
1368 Handle_aevt_quit_AE(const AppleEvent *theAEvent, AppleEvent *theReply, long refCon)
|
|
7
|
1369 {
|
|
|
1370 OSErr error = noErr;
|
|
|
1371
|
|
|
1372 #ifdef USE_SIOUX
|
|
9
|
1373 printf("aevt_quit\n");
|
|
|
1374 #endif
|
|
|
1375
|
|
|
1376 error = HandleUnusedParms(theAEvent);
|
|
7
|
1377 if (error)
|
|
|
1378 {
|
|
|
1379 return(error);
|
|
|
1380 }
|
|
|
1381
|
|
|
1382 /* Need to fake a :confirm qa */
|
|
|
1383 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)"confirm qa");
|
|
|
1384
|
|
|
1385 return(error);
|
|
|
1386 }
|
|
|
1387
|
|
|
1388 /*
|
|
|
1389 *
|
|
|
1390 */
|
|
|
1391
|
|
9
|
1392 pascal OSErr
|
|
|
1393 Handle_aevt_pdoc_AE(const AppleEvent *theAEvent, AppleEvent *theReply, long refCon)
|
|
7
|
1394 {
|
|
|
1395 OSErr error = noErr;
|
|
|
1396
|
|
|
1397 #ifdef USE_SIOUX
|
|
9
|
1398 printf("aevt_pdoc:\n");
|
|
|
1399 #endif
|
|
|
1400
|
|
|
1401 error = HandleUnusedParms(theAEvent);
|
|
7
|
1402 if (error)
|
|
|
1403 {
|
|
|
1404 return(error);
|
|
|
1405 }
|
|
|
1406
|
|
|
1407 return(error);
|
|
|
1408 }
|
|
|
1409
|
|
|
1410 /*
|
|
|
1411 * Handling of unknown AppleEvent
|
|
|
1412 *
|
|
|
1413 * (Just get rid of all the parms)
|
|
|
1414 */
|
|
9
|
1415 pascal OSErr
|
|
|
1416 Handle_unknown_AE(const AppleEvent *theAEvent, AppleEvent *theReply, long refCon)
|
|
7
|
1417 {
|
|
|
1418 OSErr error = noErr;
|
|
|
1419
|
|
|
1420 #ifdef USE_SIOUX
|
|
9
|
1421 printf("Unknown Event: %x\n", theAEvent->descriptorType);
|
|
|
1422 #endif
|
|
|
1423
|
|
|
1424 error = HandleUnusedParms(theAEvent);
|
|
7
|
1425 if (error)
|
|
|
1426 {
|
|
|
1427 return(error);
|
|
|
1428 }
|
|
|
1429
|
|
|
1430 return(error);
|
|
|
1431 }
|
|
|
1432
|
|
|
1433
|
|
|
1434
|
|
|
1435 #if TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON
|
|
|
1436 # define NewAEEventHandlerProc(x) NewAEEventHandlerUPP(x)
|
|
|
1437 #endif
|
|
|
1438
|
|
|
1439 /*
|
|
|
1440 * Install the various AppleEvent Handlers
|
|
|
1441 */
|
|
9
|
1442 OSErr
|
|
|
1443 InstallAEHandlers(void)
|
|
7
|
1444 {
|
|
|
1445 OSErr error;
|
|
|
1446
|
|
|
1447 /* install open application handler */
|
|
|
1448 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kCoreEventClass, kAEOpenApplication,
|
|
|
1449 NewAEEventHandlerProc(Handle_aevt_oapp_AE), 0, false);
|
|
|
1450 if (error)
|
|
|
1451 {
|
|
|
1452 return error;
|
|
|
1453 }
|
|
|
1454
|
|
|
1455 /* install quit application handler */
|
|
|
1456 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kCoreEventClass, kAEQuitApplication,
|
|
|
1457 NewAEEventHandlerProc(Handle_aevt_quit_AE), 0, false);
|
|
|
1458 if (error)
|
|
|
1459 {
|
|
|
1460 return error;
|
|
|
1461 }
|
|
|
1462
|
|
|
1463 /* install open document handler */
|
|
|
1464 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kCoreEventClass, kAEOpenDocuments,
|
|
|
1465 NewAEEventHandlerProc(HandleODocAE), 0, false);
|
|
|
1466 if (error)
|
|
|
1467 {
|
|
|
1468 return error;
|
|
|
1469 }
|
|
|
1470
|
|
|
1471 /* install print document handler */
|
|
|
1472 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kCoreEventClass, kAEPrintDocuments,
|
|
|
1473 NewAEEventHandlerProc(Handle_aevt_pdoc_AE), 0, false);
|
|
|
1474
|
|
|
1475 /* Install Core Suite */
|
|
|
1476 /* error = AEInstallEventHandler(kAECoreSuite, kAEClone,
|
|
|
1477 NewAEEventHandlerProc(Handle_unknown_AE), nil, false);
|
|
|
1478
|
|
|
1479 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kAECoreSuite, kAEClose,
|
|
|
1480 NewAEEventHandlerProc(Handle_unknown_AE), nil, false);
|
|
|
1481
|
|
|
1482 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kAECoreSuite, kAECountElements,
|
|
|
1483 NewAEEventHandlerProc(Handle_unknown_AE), nil, false);
|
|
|
1484
|
|
|
1485 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kAECoreSuite, kAECreateElement,
|
|
|
1486 NewAEEventHandlerProc(Handle_unknown_AE), nil, false);
|
|
|
1487
|
|
|
1488 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kAECoreSuite, kAEDelete,
|
|
|
1489 NewAEEventHandlerProc(Handle_unknown_AE), nil, false);
|
|
|
1490
|
|
|
1491 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kAECoreSuite, kAEDoObjectsExist,
|
|
|
1492 NewAEEventHandlerProc(Handle_unknown_AE), nil, false);
|
|
|
1493
|
|
|
1494 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kAECoreSuite, kAEGetData,
|
|
|
1495 NewAEEventHandlerProc(Handle_unknown_AE), kAEGetData, false);
|
|
|
1496
|
|
|
1497 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kAECoreSuite, kAEGetDataSize,
|
|
|
1498 NewAEEventHandlerProc(Handle_unknown_AE), kAEGetDataSize, false);
|
|
|
1499
|
|
|
1500 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kAECoreSuite, kAEGetClassInfo,
|
|
|
1501 NewAEEventHandlerProc(Handle_unknown_AE), nil, false);
|
|
|
1502
|
|
|
1503 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kAECoreSuite, kAEGetEventInfo,
|
|
|
1504 NewAEEventHandlerProc(Handle_unknown_AE), nil, false);
|
|
|
1505
|
|
|
1506 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kAECoreSuite, kAEMove,
|
|
|
1507 NewAEEventHandlerProc(Handle_unknown_AE), nil, false);
|
|
|
1508
|
|
|
1509 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kAECoreSuite, kAESave,
|
|
|
1510 NewAEEventHandlerProc(Handle_unknown_AE), nil, false);
|
|
|
1511
|
|
|
1512 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kAECoreSuite, kAESetData,
|
|
|
1513 NewAEEventHandlerProc(Handle_unknown_AE), nil, false);
|
|
|
1514 */
|
|
|
1515
|
|
|
1516 #ifdef FEAT_CW_EDITOR
|
|
|
1517 /*
|
|
|
1518 * Bind codewarrior support handlers
|
|
|
1519 */
|
|
|
1520 error = AEInstallEventHandler('KAHL', 'GTTX',
|
|
|
1521 NewAEEventHandlerProc(Handle_KAHL_GTTX_AE), 0, false);
|
|
|
1522 if (error)
|
|
|
1523 {
|
|
|
1524 return error;
|
|
|
1525 }
|
|
|
1526 error = AEInstallEventHandler('KAHL', 'SRCH',
|
|
|
1527 NewAEEventHandlerProc(Handle_KAHL_SRCH_AE), 0, false);
|
|
|
1528 if (error)
|
|
|
1529 {
|
|
|
1530 return error;
|
|
|
1531 }
|
|
|
1532 error = AEInstallEventHandler('KAHL', 'MOD ',
|
|
|
1533 NewAEEventHandlerProc(Handle_KAHL_MOD_AE), 0, false);
|
|
|
1534 if (error)
|
|
|
1535 {
|
|
|
1536 return error;
|
|
|
1537 }
|
|
|
1538 #endif
|
|
|
1539
|
|
|
1540 return error;
|
|
|
1541
|
|
|
1542 }
|
|
|
1543 #endif /* USE_AEVENT */
|
|
|
1544
|
|
13
|
1545
|
|
|
1546 #if defined(USE_CARBONIZED) && defined(MACOS_X)
|
|
|
1547 /*
|
|
|
1548 * Callback function, installed by InstallFontPanelHandler(), below,
|
|
|
1549 * to handle Font Panel events.
|
|
|
1550 */
|
|
|
1551 static OSStatus
|
|
|
1552 FontPanelHandler(EventHandlerCallRef inHandlerCallRef, EventRef inEvent,
|
|
|
1553 void *inUserData)
|
|
|
1554 {
|
|
|
1555 if (GetEventKind(inEvent) == kEventFontPanelClosed)
|
|
|
1556 {
|
|
|
1557 gFontPanelInfo.isPanelVisible = false;
|
|
|
1558 return noErr;
|
|
|
1559 }
|
|
|
1560
|
|
|
1561 if (GetEventKind(inEvent) == kEventFontSelection)
|
|
|
1562 {
|
|
|
1563 OSStatus status;
|
|
|
1564 FMFontFamily newFamily;
|
|
|
1565 FMFontSize newSize;
|
|
|
1566 FMFontStyle newStyle;
|
|
|
1567
|
|
|
1568 /* Retrieve the font family ID number. */
|
|
|
1569 status = GetEventParameter(inEvent, kEventParamFMFontFamily,
|
|
|
1570 /*inDesiredType=*/typeFMFontFamily, /*outActualType=*/NULL,
|
|
|
1571 /*inBufferSize=*/sizeof(FMFontFamily), /*outActualSize=*/NULL,
|
|
|
1572 &newFamily);
|
|
|
1573 if (status == noErr)
|
|
|
1574 gFontPanelInfo.family = newFamily;
|
|
|
1575
|
|
|
1576 /* Retrieve the font size. */
|
|
|
1577 status = GetEventParameter(inEvent, kEventParamFMFontSize,
|
|
|
1578 typeFMFontSize, NULL, sizeof(FMFontSize), NULL, &newSize);
|
|
|
1579 if (status == noErr)
|
|
|
1580 gFontPanelInfo.size = newSize;
|
|
|
1581
|
|
|
1582 /* Retrieve the font style (bold, etc.). Currently unused. */
|
|
|
1583 status = GetEventParameter(inEvent, kEventParamFMFontStyle,
|
|
|
1584 typeFMFontStyle, NULL, sizeof(FMFontStyle), NULL, &newStyle);
|
|
|
1585 if (status == noErr)
|
|
|
1586 gFontPanelInfo.style = newStyle;
|
|
|
1587 }
|
|
|
1588 return noErr;
|
|
|
1589 }
|
|
|
1590
|
|
|
1591
|
|
|
1592 static void
|
|
|
1593 InstallFontPanelHandler()
|
|
|
1594 {
|
|
|
1595 EventTypeSpec eventTypes[2];
|
|
|
1596 EventHandlerUPP handlerUPP;
|
|
|
1597 /* EventHandlerRef handlerRef; */
|
|
|
1598
|
|
|
1599 eventTypes[0].eventClass = kEventClassFont;
|
|
|
1600 eventTypes[0].eventKind = kEventFontSelection;
|
|
|
1601 eventTypes[1].eventClass = kEventClassFont;
|
|
|
1602 eventTypes[1].eventKind = kEventFontPanelClosed;
|
|
|
1603
|
|
|
1604 handlerUPP = NewEventHandlerUPP(FontPanelHandler);
|
|
|
1605
|
|
|
1606 InstallApplicationEventHandler(handlerUPP, /*numTypes=*/2, eventTypes,
|
|
|
1607 /*userData=*/NULL, /*handlerRef=*/NULL);
|
|
|
1608 }
|
|
|
1609
|
|
|
1610
|
|
|
1611 /*
|
|
|
1612 * Fill the buffer pointed to by outName with the name and size
|
|
|
1613 * of the font currently selected in the Font Panel.
|
|
|
1614 */
|
|
168
|
1615 #define FONT_STYLE_BUFFER_SIZE 32
|
|
13
|
1616 static void
|
|
501
|
1617 GetFontPanelSelection(char_u *outName)
|
|
13
|
1618 {
|
|
168
|
1619 Str255 buf;
|
|
|
1620 ByteCount fontNameLen = 0;
|
|
|
1621 ATSUFontID fid;
|
|
|
1622 char_u styleString[FONT_STYLE_BUFFER_SIZE];
|
|
13
|
1623
|
|
|
1624 if (!outName)
|
|
|
1625 return;
|
|
|
1626
|
|
168
|
1627 if (FMGetFontFamilyName(gFontPanelInfo.family, buf) == noErr)
|
|
|
1628 {
|
|
|
1629 /* Canonicalize localized font names */
|
|
|
1630 if (FMGetFontFromFontFamilyInstance(gFontPanelInfo.family,
|
|
|
1631 gFontPanelInfo.style, &fid, NULL) != noErr)
|
|
|
1632 return;
|
|
|
1633
|
|
|
1634 /* Request font name with Mac encoding (otherwise we could
|
|
|
1635 * get an unwanted utf-16 name) */
|
|
|
1636 if (ATSUFindFontName(fid, kFontFullName, kFontMacintoshPlatform,
|
|
|
1637 kFontNoScriptCode, kFontNoLanguageCode,
|
|
501
|
1638 255, (char *)outName, &fontNameLen, NULL) != noErr)
|
|
168
|
1639 return;
|
|
|
1640
|
|
|
1641 /* Only encode font size, because style (bold, italic, etc) is
|
|
|
1642 * already part of the font full name */
|
|
501
|
1643 vim_snprintf((char *)styleString, FONT_STYLE_BUFFER_SIZE, ":h%d",
|
|
168
|
1644 gFontPanelInfo.size/*,
|
|
|
1645 ((gFontPanelInfo.style & bold)!=0 ? ":b" : ""),
|
|
|
1646 ((gFontPanelInfo.style & italic)!=0 ? ":i" : ""),
|
|
|
1647 ((gFontPanelInfo.style & underline)!=0 ? ":u" : "")*/);
|
|
|
1648
|
|
|
1649 if ((fontNameLen + STRLEN(styleString)) < 255)
|
|
|
1650 STRCPY(outName + fontNameLen, styleString);
|
|
|
1651 }
|
|
|
1652 else
|
|
|
1653 {
|
|
501
|
1654 *outName = NUL;
|
|
168
|
1655 }
|
|
13
|
1656 }
|
|
|
1657 #endif
|
|
|
1658
|
|
|
1659
|
|
7
|
1660 /*
|
|
|
1661 * ------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
1662 * Unfiled yet
|
|
|
1663 * ------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
1664 */
|
|
|
1665
|
|
|
1666 /*
|
|
|
1667 * gui_mac_get_menu_item_index
|
|
|
1668 *
|
|
|
1669 * Returns the index inside the menu wher
|
|
|
1670 */
|
|
|
1671 short /* Shoulde we return MenuItemIndex? */
|
|
9
|
1672 gui_mac_get_menu_item_index(pMenu)
|
|
7
|
1673 vimmenu_T *pMenu;
|
|
|
1674 {
|
|
|
1675 short index;
|
|
|
1676 short itemIndex = -1;
|
|
|
1677 vimmenu_T *pBrother;
|
|
|
1678
|
|
|
1679 /* Only menu without parent are the:
|
|
|
1680 * -menu in the menubar
|
|
|
1681 * -popup menu
|
|
|
1682 * -toolbar (guess)
|
|
|
1683 *
|
|
|
1684 * Which are not items anyway.
|
|
|
1685 */
|
|
|
1686 if (pMenu->parent)
|
|
|
1687 {
|
|
|
1688 /* Start from the Oldest Brother */
|
|
|
1689 pBrother = pMenu->parent->children;
|
|
|
1690 index = 1;
|
|
|
1691 while ((pBrother) && (itemIndex == -1))
|
|
|
1692 {
|
|
|
1693 if (pBrother == pMenu)
|
|
|
1694 itemIndex = index;
|
|
|
1695 index++;
|
|
|
1696 pBrother = pBrother->next;
|
|
|
1697 }
|
|
|
1698 #ifdef USE_HELPMENU
|
|
|
1699 /* Adjust index in help menu (for predefined ones) */
|
|
|
1700 if (itemIndex != -1)
|
|
|
1701 if (pMenu->parent->submenu_id == kHMHelpMenuID)
|
|
|
1702 itemIndex += gui.MacOSHelpItems;
|
|
|
1703 #endif
|
|
|
1704 }
|
|
|
1705 return itemIndex;
|
|
|
1706 }
|
|
|
1707
|
|
|
1708 static vimmenu_T *
|
|
9
|
1709 gui_mac_get_vim_menu(menuID, itemIndex, pMenu)
|
|
7
|
1710 short menuID;
|
|
|
1711 short itemIndex;
|
|
|
1712 vimmenu_T *pMenu;
|
|
|
1713 {
|
|
|
1714 short index;
|
|
|
1715 vimmenu_T *pChildMenu;
|
|
|
1716 vimmenu_T *pElder = pMenu->parent;
|
|
|
1717
|
|
|
1718
|
|
|
1719 /* Only menu without parent are the:
|
|
|
1720 * -menu in the menubar
|
|
|
1721 * -popup menu
|
|
|
1722 * -toolbar (guess)
|
|
|
1723 *
|
|
|
1724 * Which are not items anyway.
|
|
|
1725 */
|
|
|
1726
|
|
|
1727 if ((pElder) && (pElder->submenu_id == menuID))
|
|
|
1728 {
|
|
|
1729 #ifdef USE_HELPMENU
|
|
|
1730 if (menuID == kHMHelpMenuID)
|
|
|
1731 itemIndex -= gui.MacOSHelpItems;
|
|
|
1732 #endif
|
|
|
1733
|
|
|
1734 for (index = 1; (index != itemIndex) && (pMenu != NULL); index++)
|
|
|
1735 pMenu = pMenu->next;
|
|
|
1736 }
|
|
|
1737 else
|
|
|
1738 {
|
|
|
1739 for (; pMenu != NULL; pMenu = pMenu->next)
|
|
|
1740 {
|
|
|
1741 if (pMenu->children != NULL)
|
|
|
1742 {
|
|
|
1743 pChildMenu = gui_mac_get_vim_menu
|
|
|
1744 (menuID, itemIndex, pMenu->children);
|
|
|
1745 if (pChildMenu)
|
|
|
1746 {
|
|
|
1747 pMenu = pChildMenu;
|
|
|
1748 break;
|
|
|
1749 }
|
|
|
1750 }
|
|
|
1751 }
|
|
|
1752 }
|
|
|
1753 return pMenu;
|
|
|
1754 }
|
|
|
1755
|
|
|
1756 /*
|
|
|
1757 * ------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
1758 * MacOS Feedback procedures
|
|
|
1759 * ------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
1760 */
|
|
|
1761 pascal
|
|
|
1762 void
|
|
9
|
1763 gui_mac_drag_thumb(ControlHandle theControl, short partCode)
|
|
7
|
1764 {
|
|
|
1765 scrollbar_T *sb;
|
|
|
1766 int value, dragging;
|
|
|
1767 ControlHandle theControlToUse;
|
|
|
1768 int dont_scroll_save = dont_scroll;
|
|
|
1769
|
|
|
1770 theControlToUse = dragged_sb;
|
|
|
1771
|
|
9
|
1772 sb = gui_find_scrollbar((long) GetControlReference(theControlToUse));
|
|
7
|
1773
|
|
|
1774 if (sb == NULL)
|
|
|
1775 return;
|
|
|
1776
|
|
|
1777 /* Need to find value by diff between Old Poss New Pos */
|
|
9
|
1778 value = GetControl32BitValue(theControlToUse);
|
|
7
|
1779 dragging = (partCode != 0);
|
|
|
1780
|
|
|
1781 /* When "allow_scrollbar" is FALSE still need to remember the new
|
|
|
1782 * position, but don't actually scroll by setting "dont_scroll". */
|
|
|
1783 dont_scroll = !allow_scrollbar;
|
|
|
1784 gui_drag_scrollbar(sb, value, dragging);
|
|
|
1785 dont_scroll = dont_scroll_save;
|
|
|
1786 }
|
|
|
1787
|
|
|
1788 pascal
|
|
|
1789 void
|
|
9
|
1790 gui_mac_scroll_action(ControlHandle theControl, short partCode)
|
|
7
|
1791 {
|
|
|
1792 /* TODO: have live support */
|
|
|
1793 scrollbar_T *sb, *sb_info;
|
|
|
1794 long data;
|
|
|
1795 long value;
|
|
|
1796 int page;
|
|
|
1797 int dragging = FALSE;
|
|
|
1798 int dont_scroll_save = dont_scroll;
|
|
|
1799
|
|
9
|
1800 sb = gui_find_scrollbar((long)GetControlReference(theControl));
|
|
7
|
1801
|
|
|
1802 if (sb == NULL)
|
|
|
1803 return;
|
|
|
1804
|
|
|
1805 if (sb->wp != NULL) /* Left or right scrollbar */
|
|
|
1806 {
|
|
|
1807 /*
|
|
|
1808 * Careful: need to get scrollbar info out of first (left) scrollbar
|
|
|
1809 * for window, but keep real scrollbar too because we must pass it to
|
|
|
1810 * gui_drag_scrollbar().
|
|
|
1811 */
|
|
|
1812 sb_info = &sb->wp->w_scrollbars[0];
|
|
|
1813
|
|
|
1814 if (sb_info->size > 5)
|
|
|
1815 page = sb_info->size - 2; /* use two lines of context */
|
|
|
1816 else
|
|
|
1817 page = sb_info->size;
|
|
|
1818 }
|
|
|
1819 else /* Bottom scrollbar */
|
|
|
1820 {
|
|
|
1821 sb_info = sb;
|
|
|
1822 page = W_WIDTH(curwin) - 5;
|
|
|
1823 }
|
|
|
1824
|
|
|
1825 switch (partCode)
|
|
|
1826 {
|
|
|
1827 case kControlUpButtonPart: data = -1; break;
|
|
|
1828 case kControlDownButtonPart: data = 1; break;
|
|
|
1829 case kControlPageDownPart: data = page; break;
|
|
|
1830 case kControlPageUpPart: data = -page; break;
|
|
|
1831 default: data = 0; break;
|
|
|
1832 }
|
|
|
1833
|
|
|
1834 value = sb_info->value + data;
|
|
|
1835 /* if (value > sb_info->max)
|
|
|
1836 value = sb_info->max;
|
|
|
1837 else if (value < 0)
|
|
|
1838 value = 0;*/
|
|
|
1839
|
|
|
1840 /* When "allow_scrollbar" is FALSE still need to remember the new
|
|
|
1841 * position, but don't actually scroll by setting "dont_scroll". */
|
|
|
1842 dont_scroll = !allow_scrollbar;
|
|
|
1843 gui_drag_scrollbar(sb, value, dragging);
|
|
|
1844 dont_scroll = dont_scroll_save;
|
|
|
1845
|
|
|
1846 out_flush();
|
|
|
1847 gui_mch_set_scrollbar_thumb(sb, value, sb_info->size, sb_info->max);
|
|
|
1848
|
|
|
1849 /* if (sb_info->wp != NULL)
|
|
|
1850 {
|
|
|
1851 win_T *wp;
|
|
|
1852 int sb_num;
|
|
|
1853
|
|
|
1854 sb_num = 0;
|
|
|
1855 for (wp = firstwin; wp != sb->wp && wp != NULL; wp = W_NEXT(wp))
|
|
|
1856 sb_num++;
|
|
|
1857
|
|
|
1858 if (wp != NULL)
|
|
|
1859 {
|
|
|
1860 current_scrollbar = sb_num;
|
|
|
1861 scrollbar_value = value;
|
|
|
1862 gui_do_scroll();
|
|
|
1863 gui_mch_set_scrollbar_thumb(sb, value, sb_info->size, sb_info->max);
|
|
|
1864 }
|
|
|
1865 }*/
|
|
|
1866 }
|
|
|
1867
|
|
|
1868 /*
|
|
|
1869 * ------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
1870 * MacOS Click Handling procedures
|
|
|
1871 * ------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
1872 */
|
|
|
1873
|
|
|
1874
|
|
|
1875 /*
|
|
|
1876 * Handle a click inside the window, it may happens in the
|
|
|
1877 * scrollbar or the contents.
|
|
|
1878 *
|
|
|
1879 * TODO: Add support for potential TOOLBAR
|
|
|
1880 */
|
|
|
1881 void
|
|
9
|
1882 gui_mac_doInContentClick(theEvent, whichWindow)
|
|
7
|
1883 EventRecord *theEvent;
|
|
|
1884 WindowPtr whichWindow;
|
|
|
1885 {
|
|
|
1886 Point thePoint;
|
|
|
1887 int_u vimModifiers;
|
|
|
1888 short thePortion;
|
|
|
1889 ControlHandle theControl;
|
|
|
1890 int vimMouseButton;
|
|
|
1891 short dblClick;
|
|
|
1892
|
|
|
1893 thePoint = theEvent->where;
|
|
9
|
1894 GlobalToLocal(&thePoint);
|
|
|
1895 SelectWindow(whichWindow);
|
|
|
1896
|
|
|
1897 thePortion = FindControl(thePoint, whichWindow, &theControl);
|
|
7
|
1898
|
|
|
1899 if (theControl != NUL)
|
|
|
1900 {
|
|
|
1901 /* We hit a scollbar */
|
|
|
1902
|
|
|
1903 if (thePortion != kControlIndicatorPart)
|
|
|
1904 {
|
|
|
1905 dragged_sb = theControl;
|
|
|
1906 TrackControl(theControl, thePoint, gScrollAction);
|
|
|
1907 dragged_sb = NULL;
|
|
|
1908 }
|
|
|
1909 else
|
|
|
1910 {
|
|
|
1911 dragged_sb = theControl;
|
|
|
1912 #if 1
|
|
|
1913 TrackControl(theControl, thePoint, gScrollDrag);
|
|
|
1914 #else
|
|
|
1915 TrackControl(theControl, thePoint, NULL);
|
|
|
1916 #endif
|
|
|
1917 /* pass 0 as the part to tell gui_mac_drag_thumb, that the mouse
|
|
|
1918 * button has been released */
|
|
9
|
1919 gui_mac_drag_thumb(theControl, 0); /* Should it be thePortion ? (Dany) */
|
|
7
|
1920 dragged_sb = NULL;
|
|
|
1921 }
|
|
|
1922 }
|
|
|
1923 else
|
|
|
1924 {
|
|
|
1925 /* We are inside the contents */
|
|
|
1926
|
|
|
1927 /* Convert the CTRL, OPTION, SHIFT and CMD key */
|
|
|
1928 vimModifiers = EventModifiers2VimMouseModifiers(theEvent->modifiers);
|
|
|
1929
|
|
|
1930 /* Defaults to MOUSE_LEFT as there's only one mouse button */
|
|
|
1931 vimMouseButton = MOUSE_LEFT;
|
|
|
1932
|
|
|
1933 #ifdef USE_CTRLCLICKMENU
|
|
|
1934 /* Convert the CTRL_MOUSE_LEFT to MOUSE_RIGHT */
|
|
|
1935 clickIsPopup = FALSE;
|
|
|
1936
|
|
|
1937 if ((gui.MacOSHaveCntxMenu) && (mouse_model_popup()))
|
|
|
1938 if (IsShowContextualMenuClick(theEvent))
|
|
|
1939 {
|
|
|
1940 vimMouseButton = MOUSE_RIGHT;
|
|
|
1941 vimModifiers &= ~MOUSE_CTRL;
|
|
|
1942 clickIsPopup = TRUE;
|
|
|
1943 }
|
|
|
1944 #endif
|
|
|
1945
|
|
|
1946 /* Is it a double click ? */
|
|
|
1947 dblClick = ((theEvent->when - lastMouseTick) < GetDblTime());
|
|
|
1948
|
|
|
1949 /* Send the mouse clicj to Vim */
|
|
|
1950 gui_send_mouse_event(vimMouseButton, thePoint.h,
|
|
|
1951 thePoint.v, dblClick, vimModifiers);
|
|
|
1952
|
|
|
1953 /* Create the rectangle around the cursor to detect
|
|
|
1954 * the mouse dragging
|
|
|
1955 */
|
|
|
1956 #ifdef USE_CTRLCLICKMENU
|
|
|
1957 #if 0
|
|
|
1958 /* TODO: Do we need to this even for the contextual menu?
|
|
|
1959 * It may be require for popup_setpos, but for popup?
|
|
|
1960 */
|
|
|
1961 if (vimMouseButton == MOUSE_LEFT)
|
|
|
1962 #endif
|
|
|
1963 #endif
|
|
|
1964 {
|
|
9
|
1965 SetRect(&dragRect, FILL_X(X_2_COL(thePoint.h)),
|
|
7
|
1966 FILL_Y(Y_2_ROW(thePoint.v)),
|
|
|
1967 FILL_X(X_2_COL(thePoint.h)+1),
|
|
|
1968 FILL_Y(Y_2_ROW(thePoint.v)+1));
|
|
|
1969
|
|
|
1970 dragRectEnbl = TRUE;
|
|
|
1971 dragRectControl = kCreateRect;
|
|
|
1972 }
|
|
|
1973 }
|
|
|
1974 }
|
|
|
1975
|
|
|
1976 /*
|
|
|
1977 * Handle the click in the titlebar (to move the window)
|
|
|
1978 */
|
|
|
1979 void
|
|
9
|
1980 gui_mac_doInDragClick(where, whichWindow)
|
|
7
|
1981 Point where;
|
|
|
1982 WindowPtr whichWindow;
|
|
|
1983 {
|
|
|
1984 Rect movingLimits;
|
|
|
1985 Rect *movingLimitsPtr = &movingLimits;
|
|
|
1986
|
|
|
1987 /* TODO: may try to prevent move outside screen? */
|
|
|
1988 #ifdef USE_CARBONIZED
|
|
9
|
1989 movingLimitsPtr = GetRegionBounds(GetGrayRgn(), &movingLimits);
|
|
7
|
1990 #else
|
|
|
1991 movingLimitsPtr = &(*GetGrayRgn())->rgnBBox;
|
|
|
1992 #endif
|
|
9
|
1993 DragWindow(whichWindow, where, movingLimitsPtr);
|
|
7
|
1994 }
|
|
|
1995
|
|
|
1996 /*
|
|
|
1997 * Handle the click in the grow box
|
|
|
1998 */
|
|
|
1999 void
|
|
|
2000 gui_mac_doInGrowClick(where, whichWindow)
|
|
|
2001 Point where;
|
|
|
2002 WindowPtr whichWindow;
|
|
|
2003 {
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
2005 long newSize;
|
|
|
2006 unsigned short newWidth;
|
|
|
2007 unsigned short newHeight;
|
|
|
2008 Rect resizeLimits;
|
|
|
2009 Rect *resizeLimitsPtr = &resizeLimits;
|
|
|
2010 #ifdef USE_CARBONIZED
|
|
|
2011 Rect NewContentRect;
|
|
|
2012
|
|
9
|
2013 resizeLimitsPtr = GetRegionBounds(GetGrayRgn(), &resizeLimits);
|
|
7
|
2014 #else
|
|
|
2015 resizeLimits = qd.screenBits.bounds;
|
|
|
2016 #endif
|
|
|
2017
|
|
|
2018 /* Set the minimun size */
|
|
|
2019 /* TODO: Should this come from Vim? */
|
|
|
2020 resizeLimits.top = 100;
|
|
|
2021 resizeLimits.left = 100;
|
|
|
2022
|
|
|
2023 #ifdef USE_CARBONIZED
|
|
|
2024 newSize = ResizeWindow(whichWindow, where, &resizeLimits, &NewContentRect);
|
|
|
2025 newWidth = NewContentRect.right - NewContentRect.left;
|
|
|
2026 newHeight = NewContentRect.bottom - NewContentRect.top;
|
|
|
2027 gui_resize_shell(newWidth, newHeight);
|
|
|
2028 gui_mch_set_bg_color(gui.back_pixel);
|
|
|
2029 gui_set_shellsize(TRUE, FALSE);
|
|
|
2030 #else
|
|
|
2031 newSize = GrowWindow(whichWindow, where, &resizeLimits);
|
|
|
2032 if (newSize != 0)
|
|
|
2033 {
|
|
|
2034 newWidth = newSize & 0x0000FFFF;
|
|
|
2035 newHeight = (newSize >> 16) & 0x0000FFFF;
|
|
|
2036
|
|
|
2037 gui_mch_set_bg_color(gui.back_pixel);
|
|
|
2038
|
|
|
2039 gui_resize_shell(newWidth, newHeight);
|
|
|
2040
|
|
|
2041 /*
|
|
|
2042 * We need to call gui_set_shellsize as the size
|
|
|
2043 * used by Vim may be smaller than the size selected
|
|
|
2044 * by the user. This cause some overhead
|
|
|
2045 * TODO: add a check inside gui_resize_shell?
|
|
|
2046 */
|
|
|
2047 gui_set_shellsize(TRUE, FALSE);
|
|
|
2048
|
|
|
2049 /*
|
|
|
2050 * Origin of the code below is unknown.
|
|
|
2051 * Functionality is unknown.
|
|
|
2052 * Time of commented out is unknown.
|
|
|
2053 */
|
|
|
2054 /* SetPort(wp);
|
|
|
2055 InvalRect(&wp->portRect);
|
|
|
2056 if (isUserWindow(wp)) {
|
|
|
2057 DrawingWindowPeek aWindow = (DrawingWindowPeek)wp;
|
|
|
2058
|
|
|
2059 if (aWindow->toolRoutines.toolWindowResizedProc)
|
|
|
2060 CallToolWindowResizedProc(aWindow->toolRoutines.toolWindowResizedProc, wp);
|
|
|
2061 }*/
|
|
|
2062 };
|
|
|
2063 #endif
|
|
|
2064
|
|
|
2065 }
|
|
|
2066
|
|
|
2067 /*
|
|
|
2068 * Handle the click in the zoom box
|
|
|
2069 */
|
|
|
2070 #ifdef USE_CARBONIZED
|
|
|
2071 static void
|
|
|
2072 gui_mac_doInZoomClick(theEvent, whichWindow)
|
|
|
2073 EventRecord *theEvent;
|
|
|
2074 WindowPtr whichWindow;
|
|
|
2075 {
|
|
|
2076 Rect r;
|
|
|
2077 Point p;
|
|
|
2078 short thePart;
|
|
|
2079
|
|
|
2080 /* ideal width is current */
|
|
|
2081 p.h = Columns * gui.char_width + 2 * gui.border_offset;
|
|
|
2082 if (gui.which_scrollbars[SBAR_LEFT])
|
|
|
2083 p.h += gui.scrollbar_width;
|
|
|
2084 if (gui.which_scrollbars[SBAR_RIGHT])
|
|
|
2085 p.h += gui.scrollbar_width;
|
|
|
2086 /* ideal height is as heigh as we can get */
|
|
|
2087 p.v = 15 * 1024;
|
|
|
2088
|
|
|
2089 thePart = IsWindowInStandardState(whichWindow, &p, &r)
|
|
|
2090 ? inZoomIn : inZoomOut;
|
|
|
2091
|
|
|
2092 if (!TrackBox(whichWindow, theEvent->where, thePart))
|
|
|
2093 return;
|
|
|
2094
|
|
|
2095 /* use returned width */
|
|
|
2096 p.h = r.right - r.left;
|
|
|
2097 /* adjust returned height */
|
|
|
2098 p.v = r.bottom - r.top - 2 * gui.border_offset;
|
|
|
2099 if (gui.which_scrollbars[SBAR_BOTTOM])
|
|
|
2100 p.v -= gui.scrollbar_height;
|
|
|
2101 p.v -= p.v % gui.char_height;
|
|
|
2102 p.v += 2 * gui.border_width;
|
|
|
2103 if (gui.which_scrollbars[SBAR_BOTTOM]);
|
|
|
2104 p.v += gui.scrollbar_height;
|
|
|
2105
|
|
|
2106 ZoomWindowIdeal(whichWindow, thePart, &p);
|
|
|
2107
|
|
|
2108 GetWindowBounds(whichWindow, kWindowContentRgn, &r);
|
|
|
2109 gui_resize_shell(r.right - r.left, r.bottom - r.top);
|
|
|
2110 gui_mch_set_bg_color(gui.back_pixel);
|
|
|
2111 gui_set_shellsize(TRUE, FALSE);
|
|
|
2112 }
|
|
|
2113 #endif /* defined(USE_CARBONIZED) */
|
|
|
2114
|
|
|
2115 /*
|
|
|
2116 * ------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
2117 * MacOS Event Handling procedure
|
|
|
2118 * ------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
2119 */
|
|
|
2120
|
|
|
2121 /*
|
|
|
2122 * Handle the Update Event
|
|
|
2123 */
|
|
|
2124
|
|
|
2125 void
|
|
|
2126 gui_mac_doUpdateEvent(event)
|
|
|
2127 EventRecord *event;
|
|
|
2128 {
|
|
|
2129 WindowPtr whichWindow;
|
|
|
2130 GrafPtr savePort;
|
|
|
2131 RgnHandle updateRgn;
|
|
|
2132 #ifdef USE_CARBONIZED
|
|
|
2133 Rect updateRect;
|
|
|
2134 #endif
|
|
|
2135 Rect *updateRectPtr;
|
|
|
2136 Rect rc;
|
|
|
2137 Rect growRect;
|
|
|
2138 RgnHandle saveRgn;
|
|
|
2139
|
|
|
2140
|
|
|
2141 #ifdef USE_CARBONIZED
|
|
|
2142 updateRgn = NewRgn();
|
|
|
2143 if (updateRgn == NULL)
|
|
|
2144 return;
|
|
|
2145 #endif
|
|
|
2146
|
|
|
2147 /* This could be done by the caller as we
|
|
|
2148 * don't require anything else out of the event
|
|
|
2149 */
|
|
|
2150 whichWindow = (WindowPtr) event->message;
|
|
|
2151
|
|
|
2152 /* Save Current Port */
|
|
9
|
2153 GetPort(&savePort);
|
|
7
|
2154
|
|
|
2155 /* Select the Window's Port */
|
|
|
2156 #ifdef USE_CARBONIZED
|
|
9
|
2157 SetPortWindowPort(whichWindow);
|
|
7
|
2158 #else
|
|
9
|
2159 SetPort(whichWindow);
|
|
7
|
2160 #endif
|
|
|
2161
|
|
|
2162 /* Let's update the window */
|
|
9
|
2163 BeginUpdate(whichWindow);
|
|
7
|
2164 /* Redraw the biggest rectangle covering the area
|
|
|
2165 * to be updated.
|
|
|
2166 */
|
|
|
2167 #ifdef USE_CARBONIZED
|
|
|
2168 GetPortVisibleRegion(GetWindowPort(whichWindow), updateRgn);
|
|
|
2169 # if 0
|
|
|
2170 /* Would be more appropriate to use the follwing but doesn't
|
|
|
2171 * seem to work under MacOS X (Dany)
|
|
|
2172 */
|
|
|
2173 GetWindowRegion(whichWindow, kWindowUpdateRgn, updateRgn);
|
|
|
2174 # endif
|
|
|
2175 #else
|
|
|
2176 updateRgn = whichWindow->visRgn;
|
|
|
2177 #endif
|
|
|
2178 /* Use the HLock useless in Carbon? Is it harmful?*/
|
|
9
|
2179 HLock((Handle) updateRgn);
|
|
7
|
2180 #ifdef USE_CARBONIZED
|
|
9
|
2181 updateRectPtr = GetRegionBounds(updateRgn, &updateRect);
|
|
7
|
2182 # if 0
|
|
|
2183 /* Code from original Carbon Port (using GetWindowRegion.
|
|
|
2184 * I believe the UpdateRgn is already in local (Dany)
|
|
|
2185 */
|
|
|
2186 GlobalToLocal(&topLeft(updateRect)); /* preCarbon? */
|
|
|
2187 GlobalToLocal(&botRight(updateRect));
|
|
|
2188 # endif
|
|
|
2189 #else
|
|
|
2190 updateRectPtr = &(*updateRgn)->rgnBBox;
|
|
|
2191 #endif
|
|
|
2192 /* Update the content (i.e. the text) */
|
|
|
2193 gui_redraw(updateRectPtr->left, updateRectPtr->top,
|
|
|
2194 updateRectPtr->right - updateRectPtr->left,
|
|
|
2195 updateRectPtr->bottom - updateRectPtr->top);
|
|
|
2196 /* Clear the border areas if needed */
|
|
|
2197 gui_mch_set_bg_color(gui.back_pixel);
|
|
|
2198 if (updateRectPtr->left < FILL_X(0))
|
|
|
2199 {
|
|
9
|
2200 SetRect(&rc, 0, 0, FILL_X(0), FILL_Y(Rows));
|
|
|
2201 EraseRect(&rc);
|
|
7
|
2202 }
|
|
|
2203 if (updateRectPtr->top < FILL_Y(0))
|
|
|
2204 {
|
|
9
|
2205 SetRect(&rc, 0, 0, FILL_X(Columns), FILL_Y(0));
|
|
|
2206 EraseRect(&rc);
|
|
7
|
2207 }
|
|
|
2208 if (updateRectPtr->right > FILL_X(Columns))
|
|
|
2209 {
|
|
9
|
2210 SetRect(&rc, FILL_X(Columns), 0,
|
|
7
|
2211 FILL_X(Columns) + gui.border_offset, FILL_Y(Rows));
|
|
9
|
2212 EraseRect(&rc);
|
|
7
|
2213 }
|
|
|
2214 if (updateRectPtr->bottom > FILL_Y(Rows))
|
|
|
2215 {
|
|
9
|
2216 SetRect(&rc, 0, FILL_Y(Rows), FILL_X(Columns) + gui.border_offset,
|
|
7
|
2217 FILL_Y(Rows) + gui.border_offset);
|
|
9
|
2218 EraseRect(&rc);
|
|
7
|
2219 }
|
|
9
|
2220 HUnlock((Handle) updateRgn);
|
|
7
|
2221 #ifdef USE_CARBONIZED
|
|
9
|
2222 DisposeRgn(updateRgn);
|
|
7
|
2223 #endif
|
|
|
2224
|
|
|
2225 /* Update scrollbars */
|
|
9
|
2226 DrawControls(whichWindow);
|
|
7
|
2227
|
|
|
2228 /* Update the GrowBox */
|
|
|
2229 /* Taken from FAQ 33-27 */
|
|
|
2230 saveRgn = NewRgn();
|
|
|
2231 #ifdef USE_CARBONIZED
|
|
|
2232 GetWindowBounds(whichWindow, kWindowGrowRgn, &growRect);
|
|
|
2233 #else
|
|
|
2234 growRect = whichWindow->portRect;
|
|
|
2235 growRect.top = growRect.bottom - 15;
|
|
|
2236 growRect.left = growRect.right - 15;
|
|
|
2237 #endif
|
|
9
|
2238 GetClip(saveRgn);
|
|
|
2239 ClipRect(&growRect);
|
|
|
2240 DrawGrowIcon(whichWindow);
|
|
|
2241 SetClip(saveRgn);
|
|
|
2242 DisposeRgn(saveRgn);
|
|
|
2243 EndUpdate(whichWindow);
|
|
7
|
2244
|
|
|
2245 /* Restore original Port */
|
|
9
|
2246 SetPort(savePort);
|
|
7
|
2247 }
|
|
|
2248
|
|
|
2249 /*
|
|
|
2250 * Handle the activate/deactivate event
|
|
|
2251 * (apply to a window)
|
|
|
2252 */
|
|
|
2253 void
|
|
|
2254 gui_mac_doActivateEvent(event)
|
|
|
2255 EventRecord *event;
|
|
|
2256 {
|
|
|
2257 WindowPtr whichWindow;
|
|
|
2258
|
|
|
2259 whichWindow = (WindowPtr) event->message;
|
|
|
2260 if ((event->modifiers) & activeFlag)
|
|
|
2261 /* Activate */
|
|
|
2262 gui_focus_change(TRUE);
|
|
|
2263 else
|
|
|
2264 {
|
|
|
2265 /* Deactivate */
|
|
|
2266 gui_focus_change(FALSE);
|
|
|
2267 /* DON'T KNOW what the code below was doing
|
|
|
2268 found in the deactivate clause, but the
|
|
|
2269 clause writting TRUE into in_focus (BUG)
|
|
|
2270 */
|
|
|
2271
|
|
|
2272 #if 0 /* Removed by Dany as per above June 2001 */
|
|
|
2273 a_bool = false;
|
|
9
|
2274 SetPreserveGlyph(a_bool);
|
|
|
2275 SetOutlinePreferred(a_bool);
|
|
7
|
2276 #endif
|
|
|
2277 }
|
|
|
2278 }
|
|
|
2279
|
|
|
2280
|
|
|
2281 /*
|
|
|
2282 * Handle the suspend/resume event
|
|
|
2283 * (apply to the application)
|
|
|
2284 */
|
|
|
2285 void
|
|
|
2286 gui_mac_doSuspendEvent(event)
|
|
|
2287 EventRecord *event;
|
|
|
2288 {
|
|
|
2289 /* The frontmost application just changed */
|
|
|
2290
|
|
|
2291 /* NOTE: the suspend may happen before the deactivate
|
|
|
2292 * seen on MacOS X
|
|
|
2293 */
|
|
|
2294
|
|
|
2295 /* May not need to change focus as the window will
|
|
|
2296 * get an activate/desactivate event
|
|
|
2297 */
|
|
|
2298 if (event->message & 1)
|
|
|
2299 /* Resume */
|
|
|
2300 gui_focus_change(TRUE);
|
|
|
2301 else
|
|
|
2302 /* Suspend */
|
|
|
2303 gui_focus_change(FALSE);
|
|
|
2304 }
|
|
|
2305
|
|
|
2306 /*
|
|
|
2307 * Handle the key
|
|
|
2308 */
|
|
168
|
2309 #ifdef USE_CARBONKEYHANDLER
|
|
|
2310 # define INLINE_KEY_BUFFER_SIZE 80
|
|
|
2311 static pascal OSStatus
|
|
|
2312 gui_mac_doKeyEventCarbon(EventHandlerCallRef nextHandler, EventRef theEvent,
|
|
|
2313 void *data)
|
|
|
2314 {
|
|
|
2315 /* Multibyte-friendly key event handler */
|
|
|
2316 OSStatus e = -1;
|
|
|
2317 UInt32 actualSize;
|
|
|
2318 UniChar *text;
|
|
|
2319 char_u result[INLINE_KEY_BUFFER_SIZE];
|
|
|
2320 short len = 0;
|
|
|
2321 UInt32 key_sym;
|
|
|
2322 char charcode;
|
|
|
2323 int key_char;
|
|
|
2324 UInt32 modifiers;
|
|
|
2325 size_t encLen;
|
|
|
2326 char_u *to = NULL;
|
|
|
2327 Boolean isSpecial = FALSE;
|
|
|
2328 int i;
|
|
|
2329
|
|
|
2330 /* Mask the mouse (as per user setting) */
|
|
|
2331 if (p_mh)
|
|
|
2332 ObscureCursor();
|
|
|
2333
|
|
|
2334 do
|
|
|
2335 {
|
|
|
2336 if (noErr != GetEventParameter(theEvent, kEventParamTextInputSendText,
|
|
|
2337 typeUnicodeText, NULL, 0, &actualSize, NULL))
|
|
|
2338 break;
|
|
|
2339
|
|
|
2340 text = (UniChar *)alloc(actualSize);
|
|
|
2341
|
|
|
2342 if (text)
|
|
|
2343 {
|
|
|
2344 do
|
|
|
2345 {
|
|
|
2346 if (noErr != GetEventParameter(theEvent,
|
|
|
2347 kEventParamTextInputSendText,
|
|
|
2348 typeUnicodeText, NULL, actualSize, NULL, text))
|
|
|
2349 break;
|
|
|
2350 EventRef keyEvent;
|
|
|
2351 if (noErr != GetEventParameter(theEvent,
|
|
|
2352 kEventParamTextInputSendKeyboardEvent,
|
|
|
2353 typeEventRef, NULL, sizeof(EventRef), NULL, &keyEvent))
|
|
|
2354 break;
|
|
|
2355 if (noErr != GetEventParameter(keyEvent,
|
|
|
2356 kEventParamKeyModifiers,
|
|
|
2357 typeUInt32, NULL, sizeof(UInt32), NULL, &modifiers))
|
|
|
2358 break;
|
|
|
2359 if (noErr != GetEventParameter(keyEvent,
|
|
|
2360 kEventParamKeyCode,
|
|
|
2361 typeUInt32, NULL, sizeof(UInt32), NULL, &key_sym))
|
|
|
2362 break;
|
|
|
2363 if (noErr != GetEventParameter(keyEvent,
|
|
|
2364 kEventParamKeyMacCharCodes,
|
|
|
2365 typeChar, NULL, sizeof(char), NULL, &charcode))
|
|
|
2366 break;
|
|
|
2367
|
|
|
2368 key_char = charcode;
|
|
|
2369
|
|
|
2370 if (modifiers & controlKey)
|
|
|
2371 {
|
|
|
2372 if ((modifiers & ~(controlKey|shiftKey)) == 0
|
|
|
2373 && (key_char == '2' || key_char == '6'))
|
|
|
2374 {
|
|
|
2375 /* CTRL-^ and CTRL-@ don't work in the normal way. */
|
|
|
2376 if (key_char == '2')
|
|
|
2377 key_char = Ctrl_AT;
|
|
|
2378 else
|
|
|
2379 key_char = Ctrl_HAT;
|
|
|
2380
|
|
|
2381 text[0] = (UniChar)key_char;
|
|
|
2382 modifiers = 0;
|
|
|
2383 }
|
|
|
2384 }
|
|
|
2385
|
|
|
2386 if (modifiers & cmdKey)
|
|
|
2387 #ifndef USE_CMD_KEY
|
|
|
2388 break; /* Let system handle Cmd+... */
|
|
|
2389 #else
|
|
|
2390 {
|
|
|
2391 /* Intercept CMD-. */
|
|
|
2392 if (key_char == '.')
|
|
|
2393 got_int = TRUE;
|
|
|
2394
|
|
|
2395 /* Convert the modifiers */
|
|
|
2396 modifiers = EventModifiers2VimModifiers(modifiers);
|
|
|
2397
|
|
|
2398 /* Following code to simplify and consolidate modifiers
|
|
|
2399 * taken liberally from gui_w48.c */
|
|
|
2400
|
|
|
2401 key_char = simplify_key(key_char, (int *)&modifiers);
|
|
|
2402
|
|
|
2403 /* remove SHIFT for keys that are already shifted, e.g.,
|
|
|
2404 * '(' and '*' */
|
|
|
2405 if (key_char < 0x100 &&
|
|
|
2406 !isalpha(key_char) && isprint(key_char))
|
|
|
2407 modifiers &= ~MOD_MASK_SHIFT;
|
|
|
2408
|
|
|
2409 /* Interpret META, include SHIFT, etc. */
|
|
|
2410 key_char = extract_modifiers(key_char, (int *)&modifiers);
|
|
|
2411 if (key_char == CSI)
|
|
|
2412 key_char = K_CSI;
|
|
|
2413
|
|
|
2414 if (modifiers)
|
|
|
2415 {
|
|
|
2416 result[len++] = CSI;
|
|
|
2417 result[len++] = KS_MODIFIER;
|
|
|
2418 result[len++] = modifiers;
|
|
|
2419 }
|
|
|
2420
|
|
|
2421 isSpecial = TRUE;
|
|
|
2422 }
|
|
|
2423 #endif
|
|
|
2424 else
|
|
|
2425 {
|
|
|
2426 /* Find the special key (eg., for cursor keys) */
|
|
|
2427 if (!(actualSize > sizeof(UniChar)) &&
|
|
|
2428 ((text[0] < 0x20) || (text[0] == 0x7f)))
|
|
|
2429 {
|
|
|
2430 for (i = 0; special_keys[i].key_sym != (KeySym)0; ++i)
|
|
|
2431 if (special_keys[i].key_sym == key_sym)
|
|
|
2432 {
|
|
|
2433 key_char = TO_SPECIAL(special_keys[i].vim_code0,
|
|
|
2434 special_keys[i].vim_code1);
|
|
|
2435 key_char = simplify_key(key_char,
|
|
|
2436 (int *)&modifiers);
|
|
|
2437 isSpecial = TRUE;
|
|
|
2438 break;
|
|
|
2439 }
|
|
|
2440 }
|
|
|
2441 }
|
|
|
2442
|
|
|
2443 if (isSpecial && IS_SPECIAL(key_char))
|
|
|
2444 {
|
|
|
2445 result[len++] = CSI;
|
|
|
2446 result[len++] = K_SECOND(key_char);
|
|
|
2447 result[len++] = K_THIRD(key_char);
|
|
|
2448 }
|
|
|
2449 else
|
|
|
2450 {
|
|
|
2451 encLen = actualSize;
|
|
|
2452 to = mac_utf16_to_enc(text, actualSize, &encLen);
|
|
|
2453 }
|
|
|
2454
|
|
|
2455 if (to)
|
|
|
2456 {
|
|
|
2457 /* This is basically add_to_input_buf_csi() */
|
|
|
2458 for (i = 0; i < encLen && len < (INLINE_KEY_BUFFER_SIZE-1); ++i)
|
|
|
2459 {
|
|
|
2460 result[len++] = to[i];
|
|
|
2461 if (to[i] == CSI)
|
|
|
2462 {
|
|
|
2463 result[len++] = KS_EXTRA;
|
|
|
2464 result[len++] = (int)KE_CSI;
|
|
|
2465 }
|
|
|
2466 }
|
|
|
2467 vim_free(to);
|
|
|
2468 }
|
|
|
2469
|
|
|
2470 add_to_input_buf(result, len);
|
|
|
2471 e = noErr;
|
|
|
2472 }
|
|
|
2473 while (0);
|
|
|
2474
|
|
|
2475 vim_free(text);
|
|
|
2476 if (e == noErr)
|
|
|
2477 {
|
|
|
2478 /* Fake event to wake up WNE (required to get
|
|
|
2479 * key repeat working */
|
|
|
2480 PostEvent(keyUp, 0);
|
|
|
2481 return noErr;
|
|
|
2482 }
|
|
|
2483 }
|
|
|
2484 }
|
|
|
2485 while (0);
|
|
|
2486
|
|
|
2487 return CallNextEventHandler(nextHandler, theEvent);
|
|
|
2488 }
|
|
|
2489 #else
|
|
7
|
2490 void
|
|
|
2491 gui_mac_doKeyEvent(EventRecord *theEvent)
|
|
|
2492 {
|
|
|
2493 /* TODO: add support for COMMAND KEY */
|
|
|
2494 long menu;
|
|
|
2495 unsigned char string[20];
|
|
|
2496 short num, i;
|
|
|
2497 short len = 0;
|
|
|
2498 KeySym key_sym;
|
|
|
2499 int key_char;
|
|
|
2500 int modifiers;
|
|
26
|
2501 int simplify = FALSE;
|
|
7
|
2502
|
|
|
2503 /* Mask the mouse (as per user setting) */
|
|
|
2504 if (p_mh)
|
|
|
2505 ObscureCursor();
|
|
|
2506
|
|
|
2507 /* Get the key code and it's ASCII representation */
|
|
|
2508 key_sym = ((theEvent->message & keyCodeMask) >> 8);
|
|
|
2509 key_char = theEvent->message & charCodeMask;
|
|
|
2510 num = 1;
|
|
|
2511
|
|
|
2512 /* Intercept CTRL-C */
|
|
|
2513 if (theEvent->modifiers & controlKey)
|
|
9
|
2514 {
|
|
7
|
2515 if (key_char == Ctrl_C && ctrl_c_interrupts)
|
|
|
2516 got_int = TRUE;
|
|
9
|
2517 else if ((theEvent->modifiers & ~(controlKey|shiftKey)) == 0
|
|
|
2518 && (key_char == '2' || key_char == '6'))
|
|
|
2519 {
|
|
|
2520 /* CTRL-^ and CTRL-@ don't work in the normal way. */
|
|
|
2521 if (key_char == '2')
|
|
|
2522 key_char = Ctrl_AT;
|
|
|
2523 else
|
|
|
2524 key_char = Ctrl_HAT;
|
|
|
2525 theEvent->modifiers = 0;
|
|
|
2526 }
|
|
|
2527 }
|
|
7
|
2528
|
|
|
2529 /* Intercept CMD-. */
|
|
|
2530 if (theEvent->modifiers & cmdKey)
|
|
|
2531 if (key_char == '.')
|
|
|
2532 got_int = TRUE;
|
|
|
2533
|
|
|
2534 /* Handle command key as per menu */
|
|
|
2535 /* TODO: should override be allowed? Require YAO or could use 'winaltkey' */
|
|
|
2536 if (theEvent->modifiers & cmdKey)
|
|
|
2537 /* Only accept CMD alone or with CAPLOCKS and the mouse button.
|
|
|
2538 * Why the mouse button? */
|
|
|
2539 if ((theEvent->modifiers & (~(cmdKey | btnState | alphaLock))) == 0)
|
|
|
2540 {
|
|
|
2541 menu = MenuKey(key_char);
|
|
|
2542 if (HiWord(menu))
|
|
|
2543 {
|
|
|
2544 gui_mac_handle_menu(menu);
|
|
|
2545 return;
|
|
|
2546 }
|
|
|
2547 }
|
|
|
2548
|
|
|
2549 /* Convert the modifiers */
|
|
|
2550 modifiers = EventModifiers2VimModifiers(theEvent->modifiers);
|
|
|
2551
|
|
|
2552
|
|
|
2553 /* Handle special keys. */
|
|
|
2554 #if 0
|
|
26
|
2555 /* Why has this been removed? */
|
|
7
|
2556 if (!(theEvent->modifiers & (cmdKey | controlKey | rightControlKey)))
|
|
|
2557 #endif
|
|
|
2558 {
|
|
|
2559 /* Find the special key (for non-printable keyt_char) */
|
|
|
2560 if ((key_char < 0x20) || (key_char == 0x7f))
|
|
|
2561 for (i = 0; special_keys[i].key_sym != (KeySym)0; i++)
|
|
|
2562 if (special_keys[i].key_sym == key_sym)
|
|
|
2563 {
|
|
|
2564 # if 0
|
|
|
2565 /* We currently don't have not so special key */
|
|
|
2566 if (special_keys[i].vim_code1 == NUL)
|
|
|
2567 key_char = special_keys[i].vim_code0;
|
|
|
2568 else
|
|
|
2569 # endif
|
|
9
|
2570 key_char = TO_SPECIAL(special_keys[i].vim_code0,
|
|
|
2571 special_keys[i].vim_code1);
|
|
26
|
2572 simplify = TRUE;
|
|
7
|
2573 break;
|
|
|
2574 }
|
|
|
2575 }
|
|
|
2576
|
|
26
|
2577 /* For some keys the modifier is included in the char itself. */
|
|
|
2578 if (simplify || key_char == TAB || key_char == ' ')
|
|
|
2579 key_char = simplify_key(key_char, &modifiers);
|
|
7
|
2580
|
|
|
2581 /* Add the modifier to the input bu if needed */
|
|
|
2582 /* Do not want SHIFT-A or CTRL-A with modifier */
|
|
|
2583 if (!IS_SPECIAL(key_char)
|
|
|
2584 && key_sym != vk_Space
|
|
|
2585 && key_sym != vk_Tab
|
|
|
2586 && key_sym != vk_Return
|
|
|
2587 && key_sym != vk_Enter
|
|
|
2588 && key_sym != vk_Esc)
|
|
|
2589 {
|
|
|
2590 #if 1
|
|
|
2591 /* Clear modifiers when only one modifier is set */
|
|
9
|
2592 if ((modifiers == MOD_MASK_SHIFT)
|
|
|
2593 || (modifiers == MOD_MASK_CTRL)
|
|
|
2594 || (modifiers == MOD_MASK_ALT))
|
|
7
|
2595 modifiers = 0;
|
|
|
2596 #else
|
|
9
|
2597 if (modifiers & MOD_MASK_CTRL)
|
|
7
|
2598 modifiers = modifiers & ~MOD_MASK_CTRL;
|
|
9
|
2599 if (modifiers & MOD_MASK_ALT)
|
|
7
|
2600 modifiers = modifiers & ~MOD_MASK_ALT;
|
|
9
|
2601 if (modifiers & MOD_MASK_SHIFT)
|
|
7
|
2602 modifiers = modifiers & ~MOD_MASK_SHIFT;
|
|
|
2603 #endif
|
|
|
2604 }
|
|
9
|
2605 if (modifiers)
|
|
7
|
2606 {
|
|
9
|
2607 string[len++] = CSI;
|
|
|
2608 string[len++] = KS_MODIFIER;
|
|
|
2609 string[len++] = modifiers;
|
|
7
|
2610 }
|
|
|
2611
|
|
9
|
2612 if (IS_SPECIAL(key_char))
|
|
7
|
2613 {
|
|
9
|
2614 string[len++] = CSI;
|
|
|
2615 string[len++] = K_SECOND(key_char);
|
|
|
2616 string[len++] = K_THIRD(key_char);
|
|
7
|
2617 }
|
|
|
2618 else
|
|
|
2619 {
|
|
|
2620 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
9
|
2621 /* Convert characters when needed (e.g., from MacRoman to latin1).
|
|
|
2622 * This doesn't work for the NUL byte. */
|
|
|
2623 if (input_conv.vc_type != CONV_NONE && key_char > 0)
|
|
7
|
2624 {
|
|
|
2625 char_u from[2], *to;
|
|
|
2626 int l;
|
|
|
2627
|
|
|
2628 from[0] = key_char;
|
|
|
2629 from[1] = NUL;
|
|
|
2630 l = 1;
|
|
|
2631 to = string_convert(&input_conv, from, &l);
|
|
|
2632 if (to != NULL)
|
|
|
2633 {
|
|
|
2634 for (i = 0; i < l && len < 19; i++)
|
|
|
2635 {
|
|
|
2636 if (to[i] == CSI)
|
|
|
2637 {
|
|
|
2638 string[len++] = KS_EXTRA;
|
|
|
2639 string[len++] = KE_CSI;
|
|
|
2640 }
|
|
|
2641 else
|
|
|
2642 string[len++] = to[i];
|
|
|
2643 }
|
|
|
2644 vim_free(to);
|
|
|
2645 }
|
|
|
2646 else
|
|
|
2647 string[len++] = key_char;
|
|
|
2648 }
|
|
|
2649 else
|
|
|
2650 #endif
|
|
|
2651 string[len++] = key_char;
|
|
|
2652 }
|
|
|
2653
|
|
|
2654 if (len == 1 && string[0] == CSI)
|
|
|
2655 {
|
|
|
2656 /* Turn CSI into K_CSI. */
|
|
|
2657 string[ len++ ] = KS_EXTRA;
|
|
|
2658 string[ len++ ] = KE_CSI;
|
|
|
2659 }
|
|
|
2660
|
|
|
2661 add_to_input_buf(string, len);
|
|
|
2662 }
|
|
168
|
2663 #endif
|
|
7
|
2664
|
|
|
2665 /*
|
|
|
2666 * Handle MouseClick
|
|
|
2667 */
|
|
|
2668 void
|
|
9
|
2669 gui_mac_doMouseDownEvent(theEvent)
|
|
7
|
2670 EventRecord *theEvent;
|
|
|
2671 {
|
|
|
2672 short thePart;
|
|
|
2673 WindowPtr whichWindow;
|
|
|
2674
|
|
9
|
2675 thePart = FindWindow(theEvent->where, &whichWindow);
|
|
7
|
2676
|
|
|
2677 switch (thePart)
|
|
|
2678 {
|
|
|
2679 case (inDesk):
|
|
|
2680 /* TODO: what to do? */
|
|
|
2681 break;
|
|
|
2682
|
|
|
2683 case (inMenuBar):
|
|
9
|
2684 gui_mac_handle_menu(MenuSelect(theEvent->where));
|
|
7
|
2685 break;
|
|
|
2686
|
|
|
2687 case (inContent):
|
|
9
|
2688 gui_mac_doInContentClick(theEvent, whichWindow);
|
|
7
|
2689 break;
|
|
|
2690
|
|
|
2691 case (inDrag):
|
|
9
|
2692 gui_mac_doInDragClick(theEvent->where, whichWindow);
|
|
7
|
2693 break;
|
|
|
2694
|
|
|
2695 case (inGrow):
|
|
9
|
2696 gui_mac_doInGrowClick(theEvent->where, whichWindow);
|
|
7
|
2697 break;
|
|
|
2698
|
|
|
2699 case (inGoAway):
|
|
|
2700 if (TrackGoAway(whichWindow, theEvent->where))
|
|
|
2701 gui_shell_closed();
|
|
|
2702 break;
|
|
|
2703
|
|
|
2704 case (inZoomIn):
|
|
|
2705 case (inZoomOut):
|
|
|
2706 #ifdef USE_CARBONIZED
|
|
|
2707 gui_mac_doInZoomClick(theEvent, whichWindow);
|
|
|
2708 #endif
|
|
|
2709 break;
|
|
|
2710 }
|
|
|
2711 }
|
|
|
2712
|
|
|
2713 /*
|
|
|
2714 * Handle MouseMoved
|
|
|
2715 * [this event is a moving in and out of a region]
|
|
|
2716 */
|
|
|
2717 void
|
|
9
|
2718 gui_mac_doMouseMovedEvent(event)
|
|
7
|
2719 EventRecord *event;
|
|
|
2720 {
|
|
|
2721 Point thePoint;
|
|
|
2722 int_u vimModifiers;
|
|
|
2723
|
|
|
2724 thePoint = event->where;
|
|
9
|
2725 GlobalToLocal(&thePoint);
|
|
7
|
2726 vimModifiers = EventModifiers2VimMouseModifiers(event->modifiers);
|
|
|
2727
|
|
|
2728 if (!Button())
|
|
9
|
2729 gui_mouse_moved(thePoint.h, thePoint.v);
|
|
7
|
2730 else
|
|
|
2731 #ifdef USE_CTRLCLICKMENU
|
|
|
2732 if (!clickIsPopup)
|
|
|
2733 #endif
|
|
|
2734 gui_send_mouse_event(MOUSE_DRAG, thePoint.h,
|
|
|
2735 thePoint.v, FALSE, vimModifiers);
|
|
|
2736
|
|
|
2737 /* Reset the region from which we move in and out */
|
|
9
|
2738 SetRect(&dragRect, FILL_X(X_2_COL(thePoint.h)),
|
|
7
|
2739 FILL_Y(Y_2_ROW(thePoint.v)),
|
|
|
2740 FILL_X(X_2_COL(thePoint.h)+1),
|
|
|
2741 FILL_Y(Y_2_ROW(thePoint.v)+1));
|
|
|
2742
|
|
|
2743 if (dragRectEnbl)
|
|
|
2744 dragRectControl = kCreateRect;
|
|
|
2745
|
|
|
2746 }
|
|
|
2747
|
|
|
2748 /*
|
|
|
2749 * Handle the mouse release
|
|
|
2750 */
|
|
|
2751 void
|
|
9
|
2752 gui_mac_doMouseUpEvent(theEvent)
|
|
7
|
2753 EventRecord *theEvent;
|
|
|
2754 {
|
|
|
2755 Point thePoint;
|
|
|
2756 int_u vimModifiers;
|
|
|
2757
|
|
|
2758 /* TODO: Properly convert the Contextual menu mouse-up */
|
|
|
2759 /* Potential source of the double menu */
|
|
|
2760 lastMouseTick = theEvent->when;
|
|
|
2761 dragRectEnbl = FALSE;
|
|
|
2762 dragRectControl = kCreateEmpty;
|
|
|
2763 thePoint = theEvent->where;
|
|
9
|
2764 GlobalToLocal(&thePoint);
|
|
7
|
2765
|
|
|
2766 vimModifiers = EventModifiers2VimMouseModifiers(theEvent->modifiers);
|
|
|
2767 #ifdef USE_CTRLCLICKMENU
|
|
|
2768 if (clickIsPopup)
|
|
|
2769 {
|
|
|
2770 vimModifiers &= ~MOUSE_CTRL;
|
|
|
2771 clickIsPopup = FALSE;
|
|
|
2772 }
|
|
|
2773 #endif
|
|
9
|
2774 gui_send_mouse_event(MOUSE_RELEASE, thePoint.h, thePoint.v, FALSE, vimModifiers);
|
|
7
|
2775 }
|
|
|
2776
|
|
|
2777 #ifdef USE_MOUSEWHEEL
|
|
|
2778 static pascal OSStatus
|
|
|
2779 gui_mac_mouse_wheel(EventHandlerCallRef nextHandler, EventRef theEvent,
|
|
|
2780 void *data)
|
|
|
2781 {
|
|
|
2782 EventRef bogusEvent;
|
|
|
2783 Point point;
|
|
|
2784 Rect bounds;
|
|
|
2785 UInt32 mod;
|
|
|
2786 SInt32 delta;
|
|
|
2787 int_u vim_mod;
|
|
|
2788
|
|
|
2789 if (noErr != GetEventParameter(theEvent, kEventParamMouseWheelDelta,
|
|
|
2790 typeSInt32, NULL, sizeof(SInt32), NULL, &delta))
|
|
|
2791 goto bail;
|
|
|
2792 if (noErr != GetEventParameter(theEvent, kEventParamMouseLocation,
|
|
|
2793 typeQDPoint, NULL, sizeof(Point), NULL, &point))
|
|
|
2794 goto bail;
|
|
|
2795 if (noErr != GetEventParameter(theEvent, kEventParamKeyModifiers,
|
|
|
2796 typeUInt32, NULL, sizeof(UInt32), NULL, &mod))
|
|
|
2797 goto bail;
|
|
|
2798
|
|
|
2799 vim_mod = 0;
|
|
|
2800 if (mod & shiftKey)
|
|
|
2801 vim_mod |= MOUSE_SHIFT;
|
|
|
2802 if (mod & controlKey)
|
|
|
2803 vim_mod |= MOUSE_CTRL;
|
|
|
2804 if (mod & optionKey)
|
|
|
2805 vim_mod |= MOUSE_ALT;
|
|
|
2806
|
|
|
2807 /* post a bogus event to wake up WaitNextEvent */
|
|
|
2808 if (noErr != CreateEvent(NULL, kEventClassMouse, kEventMouseMoved, 0,
|
|
|
2809 kEventAttributeNone, &bogusEvent))
|
|
|
2810 goto bail;
|
|
|
2811 if (noErr != PostEventToQueue(GetMainEventQueue(), bogusEvent,
|
|
|
2812 kEventPriorityLow))
|
|
|
2813 goto bail;
|
|
|
2814
|
|
37
|
2815 ReleaseEvent(bogusEvent);
|
|
|
2816
|
|
7
|
2817 if (noErr == GetWindowBounds(gui.VimWindow, kWindowContentRgn, &bounds))
|
|
|
2818 {
|
|
|
2819 point.h -= bounds.left;
|
|
|
2820 point.v -= bounds.top;
|
|
|
2821 }
|
|
|
2822
|
|
|
2823 gui_send_mouse_event((delta > 0) ? MOUSE_4 : MOUSE_5,
|
|
|
2824 point.h, point.v, FALSE, vim_mod);
|
|
|
2825
|
|
|
2826 return noErr;
|
|
|
2827
|
|
|
2828 bail:
|
|
|
2829 /*
|
|
|
2830 * when we fail give any additional callback handler a chance to perform
|
|
|
2831 * it's actions
|
|
|
2832 */
|
|
|
2833 return CallNextEventHandler(nextHandler, theEvent);
|
|
|
2834 }
|
|
|
2835 #endif /* defined(USE_MOUSEWHEEL) */
|
|
|
2836
|
|
|
2837 #if 0
|
|
|
2838
|
|
|
2839 /*
|
|
|
2840 * This would be the normal way of invoking the contextual menu
|
|
|
2841 * but the Vim API doesn't seem to a support a request to get
|
|
|
2842 * the menu that we should display
|
|
|
2843 */
|
|
|
2844 void
|
|
|
2845 gui_mac_handle_contextual_menu(event)
|
|
|
2846 EventRecord *event;
|
|
|
2847 {
|
|
|
2848 /*
|
|
|
2849 * Clone PopUp to use menu
|
|
|
2850 * Create a object descriptor for the current selection
|
|
|
2851 * Call the procedure
|
|
|
2852 */
|
|
|
2853
|
|
|
2854 // Call to Handle Popup
|
|
|
2855 OSStatus status = ContextualMenuSelect(CntxMenu, event->where, false, kCMHelpItemNoHelp, "", NULL, &CntxType, &CntxMenuID, &CntxMenuItem);
|
|
|
2856
|
|
|
2857 if (status != noErr)
|
|
|
2858 return;
|
|
|
2859
|
|
|
2860 if (CntxType == kCMMenuItemSelected)
|
|
|
2861 {
|
|
|
2862 /* Handle the menu CntxMenuID, CntxMenuItem */
|
|
|
2863 /* The submenu can be handle directly by gui_mac_handle_menu */
|
|
|
2864 /* But what about the current menu, is the meny changed by ContextualMenuSelect */
|
|
9
|
2865 gui_mac_handle_menu((CntxMenuID << 16) + CntxMenuItem);
|
|
7
|
2866 }
|
|
|
2867 else if (CntxMenuID == kCMShowHelpSelected)
|
|
|
2868 {
|
|
|
2869 /* Should come up with the help */
|
|
|
2870 }
|
|
|
2871
|
|
|
2872 }
|
|
|
2873 #endif
|
|
|
2874
|
|
|
2875 /*
|
|
|
2876 * Handle menubar selection
|
|
|
2877 */
|
|
|
2878 void
|
|
|
2879 gui_mac_handle_menu(menuChoice)
|
|
|
2880 long menuChoice;
|
|
|
2881 {
|
|
|
2882 short menu = HiWord(menuChoice);
|
|
|
2883 short item = LoWord(menuChoice);
|
|
|
2884 vimmenu_T *theVimMenu = root_menu;
|
|
|
2885 #ifndef USE_CARBONIZED
|
|
|
2886 MenuHandle appleMenu;
|
|
|
2887 Str255 itemName;
|
|
|
2888 #endif
|
|
|
2889
|
|
|
2890 if (menu == 256) /* TODO: use constant or gui.xyz */
|
|
|
2891 {
|
|
|
2892 if (item == 1)
|
|
|
2893 gui_mch_beep(); /* TODO: Popup dialog or do :intro */
|
|
|
2894 else
|
|
|
2895 {
|
|
|
2896 #ifndef USE_CARBONIZED
|
|
|
2897 /* Desk Accessory doesn't exist in Carbon */
|
|
9
|
2898 appleMenu = GetMenuHandle(menu);
|
|
|
2899 GetMenuItemText(appleMenu, item, itemName);
|
|
|
2900 (void) OpenDeskAcc(itemName);
|
|
7
|
2901 #endif
|
|
|
2902 }
|
|
|
2903 }
|
|
|
2904 else if (item != 0)
|
|
|
2905 {
|
|
|
2906 theVimMenu = gui_mac_get_vim_menu(menu, item, root_menu);
|
|
|
2907
|
|
|
2908 if (theVimMenu)
|
|
|
2909 gui_menu_cb(theVimMenu);
|
|
|
2910 }
|
|
9
|
2911 HiliteMenu(0);
|
|
7
|
2912 }
|
|
|
2913
|
|
|
2914 /*
|
|
|
2915 * Dispatch the event to proper handler
|
|
|
2916 */
|
|
|
2917
|
|
|
2918 void
|
|
9
|
2919 gui_mac_handle_event(event)
|
|
7
|
2920 EventRecord *event;
|
|
|
2921 {
|
|
|
2922 OSErr error;
|
|
|
2923
|
|
|
2924 /* Handle contextual menu right now (if needed) */
|
|
|
2925 #ifdef USE_CTRLCLICKMENU
|
|
|
2926 if (gui.MacOSHaveCntxMenu)
|
|
|
2927 if (IsShowContextualMenuClick(event))
|
|
|
2928 {
|
|
|
2929 # if 0
|
|
|
2930 gui_mac_handle_contextual_menu(event);
|
|
|
2931 # else
|
|
|
2932 gui_mac_doMouseDownEvent(event);
|
|
|
2933 # endif
|
|
|
2934 return;
|
|
|
2935 }
|
|
|
2936 #endif
|
|
|
2937
|
|
|
2938 /* Handle normal event */
|
|
|
2939 switch (event->what)
|
|
|
2940 {
|
|
168
|
2941 #ifndef USE_CARBONKEYHANDLER
|
|
7
|
2942 case (keyDown):
|
|
|
2943 case (autoKey):
|
|
9
|
2944 gui_mac_doKeyEvent(event);
|
|
7
|
2945 break;
|
|
168
|
2946 #endif
|
|
7
|
2947 case (keyUp):
|
|
|
2948 /* We don't care about when the key get release */
|
|
|
2949 break;
|
|
|
2950
|
|
|
2951 case (mouseDown):
|
|
|
2952 gui_mac_doMouseDownEvent(event);
|
|
|
2953 break;
|
|
|
2954
|
|
|
2955 case (mouseUp):
|
|
|
2956 gui_mac_doMouseUpEvent(event);
|
|
|
2957 break;
|
|
|
2958
|
|
|
2959 case (updateEvt):
|
|
9
|
2960 gui_mac_doUpdateEvent(event);
|
|
7
|
2961 break;
|
|
|
2962
|
|
|
2963 case (diskEvt):
|
|
|
2964 /* We don't need special handling for disk insertion */
|
|
|
2965 break;
|
|
|
2966
|
|
|
2967 case (activateEvt):
|
|
9
|
2968 gui_mac_doActivateEvent(event);
|
|
7
|
2969 break;
|
|
|
2970
|
|
|
2971 case (osEvt):
|
|
|
2972 switch ((event->message >> 24) & 0xFF)
|
|
|
2973 {
|
|
|
2974 case (0xFA): /* mouseMovedMessage */
|
|
9
|
2975 gui_mac_doMouseMovedEvent(event);
|
|
7
|
2976 break;
|
|
|
2977 case (0x01): /* suspendResumeMessage */
|
|
9
|
2978 gui_mac_doSuspendEvent(event);
|
|
7
|
2979 break;
|
|
|
2980 }
|
|
|
2981 break;
|
|
|
2982
|
|
|
2983 #ifdef USE_AEVENT
|
|
|
2984 case (kHighLevelEvent):
|
|
|
2985 /* Someone's talking to us, through AppleEvents */
|
|
|
2986 error = AEProcessAppleEvent(event); /* TODO: Error Handling */
|
|
|
2987 break;
|
|
|
2988 #endif
|
|
|
2989 }
|
|
|
2990 }
|
|
|
2991
|
|
|
2992 /*
|
|
|
2993 * ------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
2994 * Unknown Stuff
|
|
|
2995 * ------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
2996 */
|
|
|
2997
|
|
|
2998
|
|
|
2999 GuiFont
|
|
9
|
3000 gui_mac_find_font(font_name)
|
|
7
|
3001 char_u *font_name;
|
|
|
3002 {
|
|
|
3003 char_u c;
|
|
|
3004 char_u *p;
|
|
|
3005 char_u pFontName[256];
|
|
|
3006 Str255 systemFontname;
|
|
|
3007 short font_id;
|
|
|
3008 short size=9;
|
|
|
3009 GuiFont font;
|
|
|
3010 #if 0
|
|
|
3011 char_u *fontNamePtr;
|
|
|
3012 #endif
|
|
|
3013
|
|
|
3014 for (p = font_name; ((*p != 0) && (*p != ':')); p++)
|
|
|
3015 ;
|
|
|
3016
|
|
|
3017 c = *p;
|
|
|
3018 *p = 0;
|
|
|
3019
|
|
|
3020 #if 1
|
|
|
3021 STRCPY(&pFontName[1], font_name);
|
|
|
3022 pFontName[0] = STRLEN(font_name);
|
|
|
3023 *p = c;
|
|
|
3024
|
|
168
|
3025 /* Get the font name, minus the style suffix (:h, etc) */
|
|
|
3026 #if defined(MACOS_X) && defined(USE_CARBONIZED)
|
|
|
3027 char_u fontName[256];
|
|
|
3028 char_u *styleStart = vim_strchr(font_name, ':');
|
|
|
3029 size_t fontNameLen = styleStart ? styleStart - font_name : STRLEN(fontName);
|
|
|
3030 vim_strncpy(fontName, font_name, fontNameLen);
|
|
|
3031
|
|
|
3032 ATSUFontID fontRef;
|
|
|
3033 FMFontStyle fontStyle;
|
|
|
3034 font_id = 0;
|
|
|
3035
|
|
|
3036 if (ATSUFindFontFromName(&pFontName[1], pFontName[0], kFontFullName,
|
|
|
3037 kFontMacintoshPlatform, kFontNoScriptCode, kFontNoLanguageCode,
|
|
|
3038 &fontRef) == noErr)
|
|
|
3039 {
|
|
|
3040 if (FMGetFontFamilyInstanceFromFont(fontRef, &font_id, &fontStyle) != noErr)
|
|
|
3041 font_id = 0;
|
|
|
3042 }
|
|
|
3043 #else
|
|
9
|
3044 GetFNum(pFontName, &font_id);
|
|
168
|
3045 #endif
|
|
13
|
3046
|
|
|
3047 if (font_id == 0)
|
|
|
3048 {
|
|
|
3049 /*
|
|
|
3050 * Try again, this time replacing underscores in the font name
|
|
|
3051 * with spaces (:set guifont allows the two to be used
|
|
|
3052 * interchangeably; the Font Manager doesn't).
|
|
|
3053 */
|
|
|
3054 int i, changed = FALSE;
|
|
|
3055
|
|
|
3056 for (i = pFontName[0]; i > 0; --i)
|
|
|
3057 {
|
|
|
3058 if (pFontName[i] == '_')
|
|
|
3059 {
|
|
|
3060 pFontName[i] = ' ';
|
|
|
3061 changed = TRUE;
|
|
|
3062 }
|
|
|
3063 }
|
|
|
3064 if (changed)
|
|
168
|
3065 #if defined(MACOS_X) && defined(USE_CARBONIZED)
|
|
|
3066 if (ATSUFindFontFromName(&pFontName[1], pFontName[0],
|
|
|
3067 kFontFullName, kFontNoPlatformCode, kFontNoScriptCode,
|
|
|
3068 kFontNoLanguageCode, &fontRef) == noErr)
|
|
|
3069 {
|
|
|
3070 if (FMGetFontFamilyInstanceFromFont(fontRef, &font_id, &fontStyle) != noErr)
|
|
|
3071 font_id = 0;
|
|
|
3072 }
|
|
|
3073 #else
|
|
13
|
3074 GetFNum(pFontName, &font_id);
|
|
168
|
3075 #endif
|
|
13
|
3076 }
|
|
|
3077
|
|
7
|
3078 #else
|
|
|
3079 /* name = C2Pascal_save(menu->dname); */
|
|
|
3080 fontNamePtr = C2Pascal_save_and_remove_backslash(font_name);
|
|
|
3081
|
|
9
|
3082 GetFNum(fontNamePtr, &font_id);
|
|
7
|
3083 #endif
|
|
|
3084
|
|
|
3085
|
|
|
3086 if (font_id == 0)
|
|
|
3087 {
|
|
|
3088 /* Oups, the system font was it the one the user want */
|
|
|
3089
|
|
168
|
3090 #if defined(MACOS_X) && defined(USE_CARBONIZED)
|
|
|
3091 if (FMGetFontFamilyName(systemFont, systemFontname) != noErr)
|
|
|
3092 return NOFONT;
|
|
|
3093 #else
|
|
9
|
3094 GetFontName(0, systemFontname);
|
|
168
|
3095 #endif
|
|
7
|
3096 if (!EqualString(pFontName, systemFontname, false, false))
|
|
|
3097 return NOFONT;
|
|
|
3098 }
|
|
|
3099 if (*p == ':')
|
|
|
3100 {
|
|
|
3101 p++;
|
|
|
3102 /* Set the values found after ':' */
|
|
|
3103 while (*p)
|
|
|
3104 {
|
|
|
3105 switch (*p++)
|
|
|
3106 {
|
|
|
3107 case 'h':
|
|
|
3108 size = points_to_pixels(p, &p, TRUE);
|
|
|
3109 break;
|
|
|
3110 /*
|
|
|
3111 * TODO: Maybe accept width and styles
|
|
|
3112 */
|
|
|
3113 }
|
|
|
3114 while (*p == ':')
|
|
|
3115 p++;
|
|
|
3116 }
|
|
|
3117 }
|
|
|
3118
|
|
|
3119 if (size < 1)
|
|
|
3120 size = 1; /* Avoid having a size of 0 with system font */
|
|
|
3121
|
|
|
3122 font = (size << 16) + ((long) font_id & 0xFFFF);
|
|
|
3123
|
|
|
3124 return font;
|
|
|
3125 }
|
|
|
3126
|
|
|
3127 /*
|
|
|
3128 * ------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
3129 * GUI_MCH functionnality
|
|
|
3130 * ------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
3131 */
|
|
|
3132
|
|
|
3133 /*
|
|
|
3134 * Parse the GUI related command-line arguments. Any arguments used are
|
|
|
3135 * deleted from argv, and *argc is decremented accordingly. This is called
|
|
|
3136 * when vim is started, whether or not the GUI has been started.
|
|
|
3137 */
|
|
|
3138 void
|
|
|
3139 gui_mch_prepare(argc, argv)
|
|
|
3140 int *argc;
|
|
|
3141 char **argv;
|
|
|
3142 {
|
|
|
3143 /* TODO: Move most of this stuff toward gui_mch_init */
|
|
|
3144 #ifdef USE_EXE_NAME
|
|
|
3145 FSSpec applDir;
|
|
|
3146 # ifndef USE_FIND_BUNDLE_PATH
|
|
|
3147 short applVRefNum;
|
|
|
3148 long applDirID;
|
|
|
3149 Str255 volName;
|
|
|
3150 # else
|
|
|
3151 ProcessSerialNumber psn;
|
|
|
3152 FSRef applFSRef;
|
|
|
3153 # endif
|
|
|
3154 #endif
|
|
|
3155
|
|
|
3156 #ifndef USE_CARBONIZED
|
|
|
3157 MaxApplZone(); /* What could replace thos */
|
|
|
3158 /* In Carbon, all shared library are automatically load in
|
|
|
3159 * there's no need to init them
|
|
|
3160 */
|
|
|
3161 InitGraf(&qd.thePort);
|
|
|
3162 InitFonts();
|
|
|
3163 InitWindows();
|
|
|
3164 InitMenus();
|
|
|
3165 TEInit();
|
|
|
3166 InitDialogs(nil);
|
|
|
3167 #else
|
|
|
3168 /* Why did I put that in? (Dany) */
|
|
|
3169 MoreMasterPointers (0x40 * 3); /* we love handles */
|
|
|
3170 #endif
|
|
|
3171
|
|
|
3172 #if 0
|
|
|
3173 InitCursor();
|
|
|
3174
|
|
|
3175 #ifdef USE_CARBONIZED
|
|
|
3176 RegisterAppearanceClient();
|
|
|
3177 #endif
|
|
|
3178
|
|
|
3179 #ifdef USE_AEVENT
|
|
|
3180 (void) InstallAEHandlers();
|
|
|
3181 #endif
|
|
|
3182
|
|
|
3183 #ifdef USE_CTRLCLICKMENU
|
|
|
3184 if (Gestalt(gestaltContextualMenuAttr, &gestalt_rc) == noErr)
|
|
|
3185 gui.MacOSHaveCntxMenu = BitTst(&gestalt_rc, 31-gestaltContextualMenuTrapAvailable);
|
|
|
3186 else
|
|
|
3187 gui.MacOSHaveCntxMenu = false;
|
|
|
3188
|
|
|
3189 if (gui.MacOSHaveCntxMenu)
|
|
|
3190 gui.MacOSHaveCntxMenu = (InitContextualMenus()==noErr);
|
|
|
3191 #endif
|
|
|
3192
|
|
|
3193 #ifdef USE_SIOUX
|
|
|
3194 SIOUXSettings.standalone = false;
|
|
|
3195 SIOUXSettings.initializeTB = false;
|
|
|
3196 SIOUXSettings.setupmenus = false;
|
|
|
3197 SIOUXSettings.asktosaveonclose = false;
|
|
|
3198 SIOUXSettings.showstatusline = true;
|
|
|
3199 SIOUXSettings.toppixel = 300;
|
|
|
3200 SIOUXSettings.leftpixel = 10;
|
|
9
|
3201 InstallConsole(1); /* fileno(stdout) = 1, on page 430 of MSL C */
|
|
|
3202 printf("Debugging console enabled\n");
|
|
|
3203 /* SIOUXSetTitle((char_u *) "Vim Stdout"); */
|
|
|
3204 #endif
|
|
|
3205
|
|
|
3206 pomme = NewMenu(256, "\p\024"); /* 0x14= = Apple Menu */
|
|
|
3207
|
|
|
3208 AppendMenu(pomme, "\pAbout VIM");
|
|
7
|
3209 #ifndef USE_CARBONIZED
|
|
9
|
3210 AppendMenu(pomme, "\p-");
|
|
|
3211 AppendResMenu(pomme, 'DRVR');
|
|
|
3212 #endif
|
|
|
3213
|
|
|
3214 InsertMenu(pomme, 0);
|
|
7
|
3215
|
|
|
3216 DrawMenuBar();
|
|
|
3217
|
|
|
3218
|
|
|
3219 #ifndef USE_OFFSETED_WINDOW
|
|
9
|
3220 SetRect(&windRect, 10, 48, 10+80*7 + 16, 48+24*11);
|
|
7
|
3221 #else
|
|
9
|
3222 SetRect(&windRect, 300, 40, 300+80*7 + 16, 40+24*11);
|
|
7
|
3223 #endif
|
|
|
3224
|
|
|
3225
|
|
|
3226 #ifdef USE_CARBONIZED
|
|
|
3227 CreateNewWindow(kDocumentWindowClass,
|
|
|
3228 kWindowResizableAttribute | kWindowCollapseBoxAttribute,
|
|
9
|
3229 &windRect, &gui.VimWindow);
|
|
|
3230 SetPortWindowPort(gui.VimWindow);
|
|
7
|
3231 #else
|
|
|
3232 gui.VimWindow = NewCWindow(nil, &windRect, "\pgVim on Macintosh", true, documentProc,
|
|
|
3233 (WindowPtr) -1L, false, 0);
|
|
|
3234 SetPort(gui.VimWindow);
|
|
|
3235 #endif
|
|
|
3236
|
|
|
3237 gui.char_width = 7;
|
|
|
3238 gui.char_height = 11;
|
|
|
3239 gui.char_ascent = 6;
|
|
|
3240 gui.num_rows = 24;
|
|
|
3241 gui.num_cols = 80;
|
|
|
3242 gui.in_focus = TRUE; /* For the moment -> syn. of front application */
|
|
|
3243
|
|
|
3244 #if TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON
|
|
9
|
3245 gScrollAction = NewControlActionUPP(gui_mac_scroll_action);
|
|
|
3246 gScrollDrag = NewControlActionUPP(gui_mac_drag_thumb);
|
|
7
|
3247 #else
|
|
9
|
3248 gScrollAction = NewControlActionProc(gui_mac_scroll_action);
|
|
|
3249 gScrollDrag = NewControlActionProc(gui_mac_drag_thumb);
|
|
7
|
3250 #endif
|
|
|
3251
|
|
|
3252 /* Getting a handle to the Help menu */
|
|
|
3253 #ifdef USE_HELPMENU
|
|
|
3254 # ifdef USE_CARBONIZED
|
|
|
3255 HMGetHelpMenu(&gui.MacOSHelpMenu, NULL);
|
|
|
3256 # else
|
|
|
3257 (void) HMGetHelpMenuHandle(&gui.MacOSHelpMenu);
|
|
|
3258 # endif
|
|
|
3259
|
|
|
3260 if (gui.MacOSHelpMenu != nil)
|
|
9
|
3261 gui.MacOSHelpItems = CountMenuItems(gui.MacOSHelpMenu);
|
|
7
|
3262 else
|
|
|
3263 gui.MacOSHelpItems = 0;
|
|
|
3264 #endif
|
|
|
3265
|
|
|
3266 dragRectEnbl = FALSE;
|
|
|
3267 dragRgn = NULL;
|
|
|
3268 dragRectControl = kCreateEmpty;
|
|
|
3269 cursorRgn = NewRgn();
|
|
|
3270 #endif
|
|
|
3271 #ifdef USE_EXE_NAME
|
|
|
3272 # ifndef USE_FIND_BUNDLE_PATH
|
|
9
|
3273 HGetVol(volName, &applVRefNum, &applDirID);
|
|
7
|
3274 /* TN2015: mention a possible bad VRefNum */
|
|
9
|
3275 FSMakeFSSpec(applVRefNum, applDirID, "\p", &applDir);
|
|
7
|
3276 # else
|
|
|
3277 /* OSErr GetApplicationBundleFSSpec(FSSpecPtr theFSSpecPtr)
|
|
|
3278 * of TN2015
|
|
|
3279 * This technic remove the ../Contents/MacOS/etc part
|
|
|
3280 */
|
|
9
|
3281 (void)GetCurrentProcess(&psn);
|
|
7
|
3282 /* if (err != noErr) return err; */
|
|
|
3283
|
|
9
|
3284 (void)GetProcessBundleLocation(&psn, &applFSRef);
|
|
7
|
3285 /* if (err != noErr) return err; */
|
|
|
3286
|
|
9
|
3287 (void)FSGetCatalogInfo(&applFSRef, kFSCatInfoNone, NULL, NULL, &applDir, NULL);
|
|
7
|
3288
|
|
|
3289 /* This technic return NIL when we disallow_gui */
|
|
|
3290 # endif
|
|
9
|
3291 exe_name = FullPathFromFSSpec_save(applDir);
|
|
7
|
3292 #endif
|
|
|
3293
|
|
|
3294 #ifdef USE_VIM_CREATOR_ID
|
|
|
3295 _fcreator = 'VIM!';
|
|
|
3296 _ftype = 'TEXT';
|
|
|
3297 #endif
|
|
|
3298 }
|
|
|
3299
|
|
|
3300 #ifndef ALWAYS_USE_GUI
|
|
|
3301 /*
|
|
|
3302 * Check if the GUI can be started. Called before gvimrc is sourced.
|
|
|
3303 * Return OK or FAIL.
|
|
|
3304 */
|
|
|
3305 int
|
|
|
3306 gui_mch_init_check(void)
|
|
|
3307 {
|
|
|
3308 /* TODO: For MacOS X find a way to return FAIL, if the user logged in
|
|
|
3309 * using the >console
|
|
|
3310 */
|
|
|
3311 if (disallow_gui) /* see main.c for reason to disallow */
|
|
|
3312 return FAIL;
|
|
|
3313 return OK;
|
|
|
3314 }
|
|
|
3315 #endif
|
|
|
3316
|
|
|
3317 static OSErr
|
|
|
3318 receiveHandler(WindowRef theWindow, void* handlerRefCon, DragRef theDrag)
|
|
|
3319 {
|
|
|
3320 int x, y;
|
|
|
3321 int_u modifiers;
|
|
|
3322 char_u **fnames = NULL;
|
|
|
3323 int count;
|
|
|
3324 int i, j;
|
|
|
3325
|
|
|
3326 /* Get drop position, modifiers and count of items */
|
|
|
3327 {
|
|
|
3328 Point point;
|
|
|
3329 SInt16 mouseUpModifiers;
|
|
|
3330 UInt16 countItem;
|
|
|
3331
|
|
|
3332 GetDragMouse(theDrag, &point, NULL);
|
|
|
3333 GlobalToLocal(&point);
|
|
|
3334 x = point.h;
|
|
|
3335 y = point.v;
|
|
|
3336 GetDragModifiers(theDrag, NULL, NULL, &mouseUpModifiers);
|
|
|
3337 modifiers = EventModifiers2VimMouseModifiers(mouseUpModifiers);
|
|
|
3338 CountDragItems(theDrag, &countItem);
|
|
|
3339 count = countItem;
|
|
|
3340 }
|
|
|
3341
|
|
|
3342 fnames = (char_u **)alloc(count * sizeof(char_u *));
|
|
|
3343 if (fnames == NULL)
|
|
|
3344 return dragNotAcceptedErr;
|
|
|
3345
|
|
|
3346 /* Get file names dropped */
|
|
|
3347 for (i = j = 0; i < count; ++i)
|
|
|
3348 {
|
|
|
3349 DragItemRef item;
|
|
|
3350 OSErr err;
|
|
|
3351 Size size;
|
|
|
3352 FlavorType type = flavorTypeHFS;
|
|
|
3353 HFSFlavor hfsFlavor;
|
|
|
3354
|
|
|
3355 fnames[i] = NULL;
|
|
|
3356 GetDragItemReferenceNumber(theDrag, i + 1, &item);
|
|
|
3357 err = GetFlavorDataSize(theDrag, item, type, &size);
|
|
|
3358 if (err != noErr || size > sizeof(hfsFlavor))
|
|
|
3359 continue;
|
|
|
3360 err = GetFlavorData(theDrag, item, type, &hfsFlavor, &size, 0);
|
|
|
3361 if (err != noErr)
|
|
|
3362 continue;
|
|
|
3363 fnames[j++] = FullPathFromFSSpec_save(hfsFlavor.fileSpec);
|
|
|
3364 }
|
|
|
3365 count = j;
|
|
|
3366
|
|
|
3367 gui_handle_drop(x, y, modifiers, fnames, count);
|
|
37
|
3368
|
|
|
3369 /* Fake mouse event to wake from stall */
|
|
|
3370 PostEvent(mouseUp, 0);
|
|
|
3371
|
|
7
|
3372 return noErr;
|
|
|
3373 }
|
|
|
3374
|
|
|
3375 /*
|
|
|
3376 * Initialise the GUI. Create all the windows, set up all the call-backs
|
|
|
3377 * etc.
|
|
|
3378 */
|
|
|
3379 int
|
|
|
3380 gui_mch_init()
|
|
|
3381 {
|
|
|
3382 /* TODO: Move most of this stuff toward gui_mch_init */
|
|
|
3383 Rect windRect;
|
|
|
3384 MenuHandle pomme;
|
|
|
3385 #ifdef USE_CTRLCLICKMENU
|
|
|
3386 long gestalt_rc;
|
|
|
3387 #endif
|
|
|
3388 #ifdef USE_MOUSEWHEEL
|
|
|
3389 EventTypeSpec eventTypeSpec;
|
|
|
3390 EventHandlerRef mouseWheelHandlerRef;
|
|
|
3391 #endif
|
|
168
|
3392 #ifdef USE_CARBONKEYHANDLER
|
|
|
3393 EventHandlerRef keyEventHandlerRef;
|
|
|
3394 #endif
|
|
|
3395
|
|
|
3396 #ifdef MACOS_X
|
|
|
3397 if (Gestalt(gestaltSystemVersion, &gMacSystemVersion) != noErr)
|
|
|
3398 gMacSystemVersion = 0x1000; /* Default to minimum sensible value */
|
|
|
3399 #endif
|
|
|
3400
|
|
7
|
3401 #if 1
|
|
|
3402 InitCursor();
|
|
|
3403
|
|
|
3404 #ifdef USE_CARBONIZED
|
|
|
3405 RegisterAppearanceClient();
|
|
|
3406 #endif
|
|
|
3407
|
|
|
3408 #ifdef USE_AEVENT
|
|
|
3409 (void) InstallAEHandlers();
|
|
|
3410 #endif
|
|
|
3411
|
|
|
3412 #ifdef USE_CTRLCLICKMENU
|
|
|
3413 if (Gestalt(gestaltContextualMenuAttr, &gestalt_rc) == noErr)
|
|
|
3414 gui.MacOSHaveCntxMenu = BitTst(&gestalt_rc, 31-gestaltContextualMenuTrapAvailable);
|
|
|
3415 else
|
|
|
3416 gui.MacOSHaveCntxMenu = false;
|
|
|
3417
|
|
|
3418 if (gui.MacOSHaveCntxMenu)
|
|
|
3419 gui.MacOSHaveCntxMenu = (InitContextualMenus()==noErr);
|
|
|
3420 #endif
|
|
|
3421
|
|
|
3422 #ifdef USE_SIOUX
|
|
|
3423 SIOUXSettings.standalone = false;
|
|
|
3424 SIOUXSettings.initializeTB = false;
|
|
|
3425 SIOUXSettings.setupmenus = false;
|
|
|
3426 SIOUXSettings.asktosaveonclose = false;
|
|
|
3427 SIOUXSettings.showstatusline = true;
|
|
|
3428 SIOUXSettings.toppixel = 300;
|
|
|
3429 SIOUXSettings.leftpixel = 10;
|
|
9
|
3430 InstallConsole(1); /* fileno(stdout) = 1, on page 430 of MSL C */
|
|
|
3431 printf("Debugging console enabled\n");
|
|
|
3432 /* SIOUXSetTitle((char_u *) "Vim Stdout"); */
|
|
|
3433 #endif
|
|
|
3434
|
|
|
3435 pomme = NewMenu(256, "\p\024"); /* 0x14= = Apple Menu */
|
|
|
3436
|
|
|
3437 AppendMenu(pomme, "\pAbout VIM");
|
|
7
|
3438 #ifndef USE_CARBONIZED
|
|
9
|
3439 AppendMenu(pomme, "\p-");
|
|
|
3440 AppendResMenu(pomme, 'DRVR');
|
|
|
3441 #endif
|
|
|
3442
|
|
|
3443 InsertMenu(pomme, 0);
|
|
7
|
3444
|
|
|
3445 DrawMenuBar();
|
|
|
3446
|
|
|
3447
|
|
|
3448 #ifndef USE_OFFSETED_WINDOW
|
|
9
|
3449 SetRect(&windRect, 10, 48, 10+80*7 + 16, 48+24*11);
|
|
7
|
3450 #else
|
|
9
|
3451 SetRect(&windRect, 300, 40, 300+80*7 + 16, 40+24*11);
|
|
7
|
3452 #endif
|
|
|
3453
|
|
|
3454 gui.VimWindow = NewCWindow(nil, &windRect, "\pgVim on Macintosh", true,
|
|
|
3455 #ifdef USE_CARBONIZED
|
|
|
3456 zoomDocProc,
|
|
|
3457 #else
|
|
|
3458 documentProc,
|
|
|
3459 #endif
|
|
|
3460 (WindowPtr)-1L, true, 0);
|
|
|
3461 InstallReceiveHandler((DragReceiveHandlerUPP)receiveHandler,
|
|
|
3462 gui.VimWindow, NULL);
|
|
|
3463 #ifdef USE_CARBONIZED
|
|
9
|
3464 SetPortWindowPort(gui.VimWindow);
|
|
7
|
3465 #else
|
|
|
3466 SetPort(gui.VimWindow);
|
|
|
3467 #endif
|
|
|
3468
|
|
|
3469 gui.char_width = 7;
|
|
|
3470 gui.char_height = 11;
|
|
|
3471 gui.char_ascent = 6;
|
|
|
3472 gui.num_rows = 24;
|
|
|
3473 gui.num_cols = 80;
|
|
|
3474 gui.in_focus = TRUE; /* For the moment -> syn. of front application */
|
|
|
3475
|
|
|
3476 #if TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON
|
|
9
|
3477 gScrollAction = NewControlActionUPP(gui_mac_scroll_action);
|
|
|
3478 gScrollDrag = NewControlActionUPP(gui_mac_drag_thumb);
|
|
7
|
3479 #else
|
|
9
|
3480 gScrollAction = NewControlActionProc(gui_mac_scroll_action);
|
|
|
3481 gScrollDrag = NewControlActionProc(gui_mac_drag_thumb);
|
|
7
|
3482 #endif
|
|
|
3483
|
|
13
|
3484 #if defined(USE_CARBONIZED) && defined(MACOS_X)
|
|
|
3485 /* Install Carbon event callbacks. */
|
|
|
3486 (void)InstallFontPanelHandler();
|
|
|
3487 #endif
|
|
|
3488
|
|
7
|
3489 /* Getting a handle to the Help menu */
|
|
|
3490 #ifdef USE_HELPMENU
|
|
|
3491 # ifdef USE_CARBONIZED
|
|
|
3492 HMGetHelpMenu(&gui.MacOSHelpMenu, NULL);
|
|
|
3493 # else
|
|
|
3494 (void) HMGetHelpMenuHandle(&gui.MacOSHelpMenu);
|
|
|
3495 # endif
|
|
|
3496
|
|
|
3497 if (gui.MacOSHelpMenu != nil)
|
|
9
|
3498 gui.MacOSHelpItems = CountMenuItems(gui.MacOSHelpMenu);
|
|
7
|
3499 else
|
|
|
3500 gui.MacOSHelpItems = 0;
|
|
|
3501 #endif
|
|
|
3502
|
|
|
3503 dragRectEnbl = FALSE;
|
|
|
3504 dragRgn = NULL;
|
|
|
3505 dragRectControl = kCreateEmpty;
|
|
|
3506 cursorRgn = NewRgn();
|
|
|
3507 #endif
|
|
|
3508 /* Display any pending error messages */
|
|
|
3509 display_errors();
|
|
|
3510
|
|
|
3511 /* Get background/foreground colors from system */
|
|
|
3512 /* TODO: do the approriate call to get real defaults */
|
|
|
3513 gui.norm_pixel = 0x00000000;
|
|
|
3514 gui.back_pixel = 0x00FFFFFF;
|
|
|
3515
|
|
|
3516 /* Get the colors from the "Normal" group (set in syntax.c or in a vimrc
|
|
|
3517 * file). */
|
|
|
3518 set_normal_colors();
|
|
|
3519
|
|
|
3520 /*
|
|
|
3521 * Check that none of the colors are the same as the background color.
|
|
|
3522 * Then store the current values as the defaults.
|
|
|
3523 */
|
|
|
3524 gui_check_colors();
|
|
|
3525 gui.def_norm_pixel = gui.norm_pixel;
|
|
|
3526 gui.def_back_pixel = gui.back_pixel;
|
|
|
3527
|
|
|
3528 /* Get the colors for the highlight groups (gui_check_colors() might have
|
|
|
3529 * changed them) */
|
|
|
3530 highlight_gui_started();
|
|
|
3531
|
|
|
3532 /*
|
|
|
3533 * Setting the gui constants
|
|
|
3534 */
|
|
|
3535 #ifdef FEAT_MENU
|
|
|
3536 gui.menu_height = 0;
|
|
|
3537 #endif
|
|
|
3538 gui.scrollbar_height = gui.scrollbar_width = 15; /* cheat 1 overlap */
|
|
|
3539 gui.border_offset = gui.border_width = 2;
|
|
|
3540
|
|
|
3541 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) && defined(MACOS_X)
|
|
|
3542 /* If Quartz-style text antialiasing is available (see
|
|
|
3543 gui_mch_draw_string() below), enable it for all font sizes. */
|
|
|
3544 vim_setenv((char_u *)"QDTEXT_MINSIZE", (char_u *)"1");
|
|
|
3545 #endif
|
|
|
3546
|
|
|
3547 #ifdef USE_MOUSEWHEEL
|
|
|
3548 eventTypeSpec.eventClass = kEventClassMouse;
|
|
|
3549 eventTypeSpec.eventKind = kEventMouseWheelMoved;
|
|
|
3550 mouseWheelHandlerUPP = NewEventHandlerUPP(gui_mac_mouse_wheel);
|
|
|
3551 if (noErr != InstallApplicationEventHandler(mouseWheelHandlerUPP, 1,
|
|
|
3552 &eventTypeSpec, NULL, &mouseWheelHandlerRef))
|
|
|
3553 {
|
|
|
3554 mouseWheelHandlerRef = NULL;
|
|
|
3555 DisposeEventHandlerUPP(mouseWheelHandlerUPP);
|
|
|
3556 mouseWheelHandlerUPP = NULL;
|
|
|
3557 }
|
|
|
3558 #endif
|
|
|
3559
|
|
168
|
3560 #ifdef USE_CARBONKEYHANDLER
|
|
|
3561 eventTypeSpec.eventClass = kEventClassTextInput;
|
|
|
3562 eventTypeSpec.eventKind = kEventUnicodeForKeyEvent;
|
|
|
3563 keyEventHandlerUPP = NewEventHandlerUPP(gui_mac_doKeyEventCarbon);
|
|
|
3564 if (noErr != InstallApplicationEventHandler(keyEventHandlerUPP, 1,
|
|
|
3565 &eventTypeSpec, NULL, &keyEventHandlerRef))
|
|
|
3566 {
|
|
|
3567 keyEventHandlerRef = NULL;
|
|
|
3568 DisposeEventHandlerUPP(keyEventHandlerUPP);
|
|
|
3569 keyEventHandlerUPP = NULL;
|
|
|
3570 }
|
|
|
3571 #endif
|
|
|
3572
|
|
|
3573 /*
|
|
7
|
3574 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
168
|
3575 set_option_value((char_u *)"encoding", 0L, (char_u *)"utf-8", 0);
|
|
|
3576 #endif
|
|
|
3577 */
|
|
7
|
3578
|
|
|
3579 /* TODO: Load bitmap if using TOOLBAR */
|
|
|
3580 return OK;
|
|
|
3581 }
|
|
|
3582
|
|
|
3583 /*
|
|
|
3584 * Called when the foreground or background color has been changed.
|
|
|
3585 */
|
|
|
3586 void
|
|
|
3587 gui_mch_new_colors()
|
|
|
3588 {
|
|
|
3589 /* TODO:
|
|
|
3590 * This proc is called when Normal is set to a value
|
|
|
3591 * so what msut be done? I don't know
|
|
|
3592 */
|
|
|
3593 }
|
|
|
3594
|
|
|
3595 /*
|
|
|
3596 * Open the GUI window which was created by a call to gui_mch_init().
|
|
|
3597 */
|
|
|
3598 int
|
|
|
3599 gui_mch_open()
|
|
|
3600 {
|
|
|
3601 ShowWindow(gui.VimWindow);
|
|
|
3602
|
|
|
3603 if (gui_win_x != -1 && gui_win_y != -1)
|
|
|
3604 gui_mch_set_winpos(gui_win_x, gui_win_y);
|
|
|
3605
|
|
|
3606 #ifdef USE_CARBONIZED
|
|
|
3607 /*
|
|
|
3608 * Make the GUI the foreground process (in case it was launched
|
|
|
3609 * from the Terminal or via :gui).
|
|
|
3610 */
|
|
|
3611 {
|
|
|
3612 ProcessSerialNumber psn;
|
|
|
3613 if (GetCurrentProcess(&psn) == noErr)
|
|
|
3614 SetFrontProcess(&psn);
|
|
|
3615 }
|
|
|
3616 #endif
|
|
|
3617
|
|
|
3618 return OK;
|
|
|
3619 }
|
|
|
3620
|
|
|
3621 void
|
|
|
3622 gui_mch_exit(int rc)
|
|
|
3623 {
|
|
|
3624 /* TODO: find out all what is missing here? */
|
|
|
3625 DisposeRgn(cursorRgn);
|
|
|
3626
|
|
168
|
3627 #ifdef USE_CARBONKEYHANDLER
|
|
|
3628 if (keyEventHandlerUPP)
|
|
|
3629 DisposeEventHandlerUPP(keyEventHandlerUPP);
|
|
|
3630 #endif
|
|
|
3631
|
|
7
|
3632 #ifdef USE_MOUSEWHEEL
|
|
|
3633 if (mouseWheelHandlerUPP != NULL)
|
|
|
3634 DisposeEventHandlerUPP(mouseWheelHandlerUPP);
|
|
|
3635 #endif
|
|
|
3636
|
|
168
|
3637 #ifdef USE_ATSUI_DRAWING
|
|
|
3638 if (gFontStyle)
|
|
|
3639 ATSUDisposeStyle(gFontStyle);
|
|
|
3640 #endif
|
|
|
3641
|
|
7
|
3642 /* Exit to shell? */
|
|
|
3643 exit(rc);
|
|
|
3644 }
|
|
|
3645
|
|
|
3646 /*
|
|
|
3647 * Get the position of the top left corner of the window.
|
|
|
3648 */
|
|
|
3649 int
|
|
|
3650 gui_mch_get_winpos(int *x, int *y)
|
|
|
3651 {
|
|
|
3652 /* TODO */
|
|
|
3653 #ifdef USE_CARBONIZED
|
|
|
3654 Rect bounds;
|
|
|
3655 OSStatus status;
|
|
|
3656
|
|
|
3657 /* Carbon >= 1.0.2, MacOS >= 8.5 */
|
|
9
|
3658 status = GetWindowBounds(gui.VimWindow, kWindowStructureRgn, &bounds);
|
|
7
|
3659
|
|
|
3660 if (status != noErr)
|
|
|
3661 return FAIL;
|
|
|
3662 *x = bounds.left;
|
|
|
3663 *y = bounds.top;
|
|
|
3664 return OK;
|
|
|
3665 #endif
|
|
|
3666 return FAIL;
|
|
|
3667 }
|
|
|
3668
|
|
|
3669 /*
|
|
|
3670 * Set the position of the top left corner of the window to the given
|
|
|
3671 * coordinates.
|
|
|
3672 */
|
|
|
3673 void
|
|
|
3674 gui_mch_set_winpos(int x, int y)
|
|
|
3675 {
|
|
|
3676 /* TODO: Should make sure the window is move within range
|
|
|
3677 * e.g.: y > ~16 [Menu bar], x > 0, x < screen width
|
|
|
3678 */
|
|
|
3679 MoveWindow(gui.VimWindow, x, y, TRUE);
|
|
|
3680 }
|
|
|
3681
|
|
|
3682 void
|
|
|
3683 gui_mch_set_shellsize(
|
|
|
3684 int width,
|
|
|
3685 int height,
|
|
|
3686 int min_width,
|
|
|
3687 int min_height,
|
|
|
3688 int base_width,
|
|
|
3689 int base_height)
|
|
|
3690 {
|
|
|
3691 #ifdef USE_CARBONIZED
|
|
|
3692 CGrafPtr VimPort;
|
|
|
3693 Rect VimBound;
|
|
|
3694 #endif
|
|
|
3695
|
|
|
3696 if (gui.which_scrollbars[SBAR_LEFT])
|
|
|
3697 {
|
|
|
3698 #ifdef USE_CARBONIZED
|
|
9
|
3699 VimPort = GetWindowPort(gui.VimWindow);
|
|
|
3700 GetPortBounds(VimPort, &VimBound);
|
|
7
|
3701 VimBound.left = -gui.scrollbar_width; /* + 1;*/
|
|
9
|
3702 SetPortBounds(VimPort, &VimBound);
|
|
7
|
3703 /* GetWindowBounds(gui.VimWindow, kWindowGlobalPortRgn, &winPortRect); ??*/
|
|
|
3704 #else
|
|
|
3705 gui.VimWindow->portRect.left = -gui.scrollbar_width; /* + 1;*/
|
|
|
3706 /* SetWindowBounds(gui.VimWindow, kWindowGlobalPortRgn, &winPortRect); ??*/
|
|
|
3707 #endif
|
|
|
3708 }
|
|
|
3709 else
|
|
|
3710 {
|
|
|
3711 #ifdef USE_CARBONIZED
|
|
9
|
3712 VimPort = GetWindowPort(gui.VimWindow);
|
|
|
3713 GetPortBounds(VimPort, &VimBound);
|
|
7
|
3714 VimBound.left = 0;
|
|
9
|
3715 SetPortBounds(VimPort, &VimBound);
|
|
7
|
3716 #else
|
|
|
3717 gui.VimWindow->portRect.left = 0;
|
|
|
3718 #endif;
|
|
|
3719 }
|
|
|
3720
|
|
|
3721 SizeWindow(gui.VimWindow, width, height, TRUE);
|
|
|
3722
|
|
|
3723 gui_resize_shell(width, height);
|
|
|
3724 }
|
|
|
3725
|
|
|
3726 /*
|
|
|
3727 * Get the screen dimensions.
|
|
|
3728 * Allow 10 pixels for horizontal borders, 40 for vertical borders.
|
|
|
3729 * Is there no way to find out how wide the borders really are?
|
|
|
3730 * TODO: Add live udate of those value on suspend/resume.
|
|
|
3731 */
|
|
|
3732 void
|
|
|
3733 gui_mch_get_screen_dimensions(screen_w, screen_h)
|
|
|
3734 int *screen_w;
|
|
|
3735 int *screen_h;
|
|
|
3736 {
|
|
|
3737 GDHandle dominantDevice = GetMainDevice();
|
|
|
3738 Rect screenRect = (**dominantDevice).gdRect;
|
|
|
3739
|
|
|
3740 *screen_w = screenRect.right - 10;
|
|
|
3741 *screen_h = screenRect.bottom - 40;
|
|
|
3742 }
|
|
|
3743
|
|
|
3744
|
|
13
|
3745 #if defined(USE_CARBONIZED) && defined(MACOS_X)
|
|
|
3746 /*
|
|
|
3747 * Open the Font Panel and wait for the user to select a font and
|
|
|
3748 * close the panel. Then fill the buffer pointed to by font_name with
|
|
|
3749 * the name and size of the selected font and return the font's handle,
|
|
|
3750 * or NOFONT in case of an error.
|
|
|
3751 */
|
|
|
3752 static GuiFont
|
|
|
3753 gui_mac_select_font(char_u *font_name)
|
|
|
3754 {
|
|
|
3755 GuiFont selected_font = NOFONT;
|
|
|
3756 OSStatus status;
|
|
|
3757 FontSelectionQDStyle curr_font;
|
|
|
3758
|
|
|
3759 /* Initialize the Font Panel with the current font. */
|
|
|
3760 curr_font.instance.fontFamily = gui.norm_font & 0xFFFF;
|
|
|
3761 curr_font.size = (gui.norm_font >> 16);
|
|
|
3762 /* TODO: set fontStyle once styles are supported in gui_mac_find_font() */
|
|
|
3763 curr_font.instance.fontStyle = 0;
|
|
|
3764 curr_font.hasColor = false;
|
|
|
3765 curr_font.version = 0; /* version number of the style structure */
|
|
|
3766 status = SetFontInfoForSelection(kFontSelectionQDType,
|
|
|
3767 /*numStyles=*/1, &curr_font, /*eventTarget=*/NULL);
|
|
|
3768
|
|
|
3769 gFontPanelInfo.family = curr_font.instance.fontFamily;
|
|
|
3770 gFontPanelInfo.style = curr_font.instance.fontStyle;
|
|
|
3771 gFontPanelInfo.size = curr_font.size;
|
|
|
3772
|
|
|
3773 /* Pop up the Font Panel. */
|
|
|
3774 status = FPShowHideFontPanel();
|
|
|
3775 if (status == noErr)
|
|
|
3776 {
|
|
|
3777 /*
|
|
|
3778 * The Font Panel is modeless. We really need it to be modal,
|
|
|
3779 * so we spin in an event loop until the panel is closed.
|
|
|
3780 */
|
|
|
3781 gFontPanelInfo.isPanelVisible = true;
|
|
|
3782 while (gFontPanelInfo.isPanelVisible)
|
|
|
3783 {
|
|
|
3784 EventRecord e;
|
|
|
3785 WaitNextEvent(everyEvent, &e, /*sleep=*/20, /*mouseRgn=*/NULL);
|
|
|
3786 }
|
|
|
3787
|
|
|
3788 GetFontPanelSelection(font_name);
|
|
|
3789 selected_font = gui_mac_find_font(font_name);
|
|
|
3790 }
|
|
|
3791 return selected_font;
|
|
|
3792 }
|
|
|
3793 #endif
|
|
|
3794
|
|
7
|
3795
|
|
|
3796 /*
|
|
|
3797 * Initialise vim to use the font with the given name. Return FAIL if the font
|
|
|
3798 * could not be loaded, OK otherwise.
|
|
|
3799 */
|
|
|
3800 int
|
|
|
3801 gui_mch_init_font(font_name, fontset)
|
|
|
3802 char_u *font_name;
|
|
|
3803 int fontset; /* not used */
|
|
|
3804 {
|
|
|
3805 /* TODO: Add support for bold italic underline proportional etc... */
|
|
|
3806 Str255 suggestedFont = "\pMonaco";
|
|
170
|
3807 int suggestedSize = 10;
|
|
7
|
3808 FontInfo font_info;
|
|
|
3809 short font_id;
|
|
|
3810 GuiFont font;
|
|
37
|
3811 char_u used_font_name[512];
|
|
7
|
3812
|
|
168
|
3813 #ifdef USE_ATSUI_DRAWING
|
|
|
3814 if (gFontStyle == NULL)
|
|
|
3815 {
|
|
|
3816 if (ATSUCreateStyle(&gFontStyle) != noErr)
|
|
|
3817 gFontStyle = NULL;
|
|
|
3818 }
|
|
|
3819 #endif
|
|
|
3820
|
|
7
|
3821 if (font_name == NULL)
|
|
|
3822 {
|
|
|
3823 /* First try to get the suggested font */
|
|
|
3824 GetFNum(suggestedFont, &font_id);
|
|
|
3825
|
|
|
3826 if (font_id == 0)
|
|
|
3827 {
|
|
|
3828 /* Then pickup the standard application font */
|
|
|
3829 font_id = GetAppFont();
|
|
37
|
3830 STRCPY(used_font_name, "default");
|
|
7
|
3831 }
|
|
37
|
3832 else
|
|
|
3833 STRCPY(used_font_name, "Monaco");
|
|
7
|
3834 font = (suggestedSize << 16) + ((long) font_id & 0xFFFF);
|
|
|
3835 }
|
|
13
|
3836 #if defined(USE_CARBONIZED) && defined(MACOS_X)
|
|
|
3837 else if (STRCMP(font_name, "*") == 0)
|
|
|
3838 {
|
|
37
|
3839 char_u *new_p_guifont;
|
|
|
3840
|
|
|
3841 font = gui_mac_select_font(used_font_name);
|
|
13
|
3842 if (font == NOFONT)
|
|
|
3843 return FAIL;
|
|
|
3844
|
|
|
3845 /* Set guifont to the name of the selected font. */
|
|
37
|
3846 new_p_guifont = alloc(STRLEN(used_font_name) + 1);
|
|
13
|
3847 if (new_p_guifont != NULL)
|
|
|
3848 {
|
|
37
|
3849 STRCPY(new_p_guifont, used_font_name);
|
|
13
|
3850 vim_free(p_guifont);
|
|
|
3851 p_guifont = new_p_guifont;
|
|
|
3852 /* Replace spaces in the font name with underscores. */
|
|
|
3853 for ( ; *new_p_guifont; ++new_p_guifont)
|
|
|
3854 {
|
|
|
3855 if (*new_p_guifont == ' ')
|
|
|
3856 *new_p_guifont = '_';
|
|
|
3857 }
|
|
|
3858 }
|
|
|
3859 }
|
|
|
3860 #endif
|
|
7
|
3861 else
|
|
|
3862 {
|
|
9
|
3863 font = gui_mac_find_font(font_name);
|
|
418
|
3864 vim_strncpy(used_font_name, font_name, sizeof(used_font_name) - 1);
|
|
7
|
3865
|
|
|
3866 if (font == NOFONT)
|
|
|
3867 return FAIL;
|
|
|
3868 }
|
|
37
|
3869
|
|
7
|
3870 gui.norm_font = font;
|
|
|
3871
|
|
37
|
3872 hl_set_font_name(used_font_name);
|
|
|
3873
|
|
9
|
3874 TextSize(font >> 16);
|
|
|
3875 TextFont(font & 0xFFFF);
|
|
|
3876
|
|
189
|
3877 GetFontInfo(&font_info);
|
|
|
3878
|
|
|
3879 gui.char_ascent = font_info.ascent;
|
|
|
3880 gui.char_width = CharWidth('_');
|
|
|
3881 gui.char_height = font_info.ascent + font_info.descent + p_linespace;
|
|
|
3882
|
|
168
|
3883 #ifdef USE_ATSUI_DRAWING
|
|
|
3884 ATSUFontID fontID;
|
|
|
3885 Fixed fontSize;
|
|
|
3886 ATSStyleRenderingOptions fontOptions;
|
|
|
3887
|
|
|
3888 if (gFontStyle)
|
|
|
3889 {
|
|
|
3890 fontID = font & 0xFFFF;
|
|
|
3891 fontSize = Long2Fix(font >> 16);
|
|
|
3892
|
|
|
3893 /* No antialiasing by default (do not attempt to touch antialising
|
|
|
3894 * options on pre-Jaguar) */
|
|
|
3895 fontOptions =
|
|
|
3896 #ifdef MACOS_X
|
|
|
3897 (gMacSystemVersion >= 0x1020) ?
|
|
|
3898 kATSStyleNoAntiAliasing :
|
|
|
3899 #endif
|
|
|
3900 kATSStyleNoOptions;
|
|
|
3901
|
|
|
3902 ATSUAttributeTag attribTags[] =
|
|
|
3903 {
|
|
|
3904 kATSUFontTag, kATSUSizeTag, kATSUStyleRenderingOptionsTag,
|
|
|
3905 kATSUMaxATSUITagValue+1
|
|
|
3906 };
|
|
|
3907 ByteCount attribSizes[] =
|
|
|
3908 {
|
|
|
3909 sizeof(ATSUFontID), sizeof(Fixed),
|
|
|
3910 sizeof(ATSStyleRenderingOptions), sizeof font
|
|
|
3911 };
|
|
|
3912 ATSUAttributeValuePtr attribValues[] =
|
|
|
3913 {
|
|
|
3914 &fontID, &fontSize, &fontOptions, &font
|
|
|
3915 };
|
|
|
3916
|
|
|
3917 /* Convert font id to ATSUFontID */
|
|
|
3918 if (FMGetFontFromFontFamilyInstance(fontID, 0, &fontID, NULL) == noErr)
|
|
|
3919 {
|
|
|
3920 if (ATSUSetAttributes(gFontStyle,
|
|
|
3921 (sizeof attribTags)/sizeof(ATSUAttributeTag),
|
|
|
3922 attribTags, attribSizes, attribValues) != noErr)
|
|
|
3923 {
|
|
|
3924 ATSUDisposeStyle(gFontStyle);
|
|
|
3925 gFontStyle = NULL;
|
|
|
3926 }
|
|
|
3927 }
|
|
|
3928 }
|
|
|
3929 #endif
|
|
|
3930
|
|
7
|
3931 return OK;
|
|
|
3932
|
|
|
3933 }
|
|
|
3934
|
|
444
|
3935 /*
|
|
|
3936 * Adjust gui.char_height (after 'linespace' was changed).
|
|
|
3937 */
|
|
7
|
3938 int
|
|
444
|
3939 gui_mch_adjust_charheight()
|
|
7
|
3940 {
|
|
|
3941 FontInfo font_info;
|
|
|
3942
|
|
9
|
3943 GetFontInfo(&font_info);
|
|
7
|
3944 gui.char_height = font_info.ascent + font_info.descent + p_linespace;
|
|
|
3945 gui.char_ascent = font_info.ascent + p_linespace / 2;
|
|
|
3946 return OK;
|
|
|
3947 }
|
|
|
3948
|
|
|
3949 /*
|
|
|
3950 * Get a font structure for highlighting.
|
|
|
3951 */
|
|
|
3952 GuiFont
|
|
|
3953 gui_mch_get_font(name, giveErrorIfMissing)
|
|
|
3954 char_u *name;
|
|
|
3955 int giveErrorIfMissing;
|
|
|
3956 {
|
|
|
3957 GuiFont font;
|
|
|
3958
|
|
|
3959 font = gui_mac_find_font(name);
|
|
|
3960
|
|
|
3961 if (font == NOFONT)
|
|
|
3962 {
|
|
|
3963 if (giveErrorIfMissing)
|
|
|
3964 EMSG2(_(e_font), name);
|
|
|
3965 return NOFONT;
|
|
|
3966 }
|
|
|
3967 /*
|
|
|
3968 * TODO : Accept only monospace
|
|
|
3969 */
|
|
|
3970
|
|
|
3971 return font;
|
|
|
3972 }
|
|
|
3973
|
|
44
|
3974 #if defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
7
|
3975 /*
|
|
37
|
3976 * Return the name of font "font" in allocated memory.
|
|
|
3977 * Don't know how to get the actual name, thus use the provided name.
|
|
|
3978 */
|
|
|
3979 char_u *
|
|
|
3980 gui_mch_get_fontname(font, name)
|
|
|
3981 GuiFont font;
|
|
|
3982 char_u *name;
|
|
|
3983 {
|
|
|
3984 if (name == NULL)
|
|
|
3985 return NULL;
|
|
|
3986 return vim_strsave(name);
|
|
|
3987 }
|
|
44
|
3988 #endif
|
|
37
|
3989
|
|
|
3990 /*
|
|
7
|
3991 * Set the current text font.
|
|
|
3992 */
|
|
|
3993 void
|
|
|
3994 gui_mch_set_font(font)
|
|
|
3995 GuiFont font;
|
|
|
3996 {
|
|
168
|
3997 #ifdef USE_ATSUI_DRAWING
|
|
|
3998 GuiFont currFont;
|
|
|
3999 ByteCount actualFontByteCount;
|
|
|
4000 ATSUFontID fontID;
|
|
|
4001 Fixed fontSize;
|
|
|
4002 ATSStyleRenderingOptions fontOptions;
|
|
|
4003
|
|
|
4004 if (gFontStyle)
|
|
|
4005 {
|
|
|
4006 /* Avoid setting same font again */
|
|
|
4007 if (ATSUGetAttribute(gFontStyle, kATSUMaxATSUITagValue+1, sizeof font,
|
|
|
4008 &currFont, &actualFontByteCount) == noErr &&
|
|
|
4009 actualFontByteCount == (sizeof font))
|
|
|
4010 {
|
|
|
4011 if (currFont == font)
|
|
|
4012 return;
|
|
|
4013 }
|
|
|
4014
|
|
|
4015 fontID = font & 0xFFFF;
|
|
|
4016 fontSize = Long2Fix(font >> 16);
|
|
|
4017 /* Respect p_antialias setting only for wide font.
|
|
|
4018 * The reason for doing this at the moment is a bit complicated,
|
|
|
4019 * but it's mainly because a) latin (non-wide) aliased fonts
|
|
|
4020 * look bad in OS X 10.3.x and below (due to a bug in ATS), and
|
|
|
4021 * b) wide multibyte input does not suffer from that problem. */
|
|
|
4022 fontOptions =
|
|
|
4023 #ifdef MACOS_X
|
|
|
4024 (p_antialias && (font == gui.wide_font)) ?
|
|
|
4025 kATSStyleNoOptions : kATSStyleNoAntiAliasing;
|
|
|
4026 #else
|
|
|
4027 kATSStyleNoOptions;
|
|
|
4028 #endif
|
|
|
4029
|
|
|
4030 ATSUAttributeTag attribTags[] =
|
|
|
4031 {
|
|
|
4032 kATSUFontTag, kATSUSizeTag, kATSUStyleRenderingOptionsTag,
|
|
|
4033 kATSUMaxATSUITagValue+1
|
|
|
4034 };
|
|
|
4035 ByteCount attribSizes[] =
|
|
|
4036 {
|
|
|
4037 sizeof(ATSUFontID), sizeof(Fixed),
|
|
|
4038 sizeof(ATSStyleRenderingOptions), sizeof font
|
|
|
4039 };
|
|
|
4040 ATSUAttributeValuePtr attribValues[] =
|
|
|
4041 {
|
|
|
4042 &fontID, &fontSize, &fontOptions, &font
|
|
|
4043 };
|
|
|
4044
|
|
|
4045 if (FMGetFontFromFontFamilyInstance(fontID, 0, &fontID, NULL) == noErr)
|
|
|
4046 {
|
|
|
4047 if (ATSUSetAttributes(gFontStyle,
|
|
|
4048 (sizeof attribTags)/sizeof(ATSUAttributeTag),
|
|
|
4049 attribTags, attribSizes, attribValues) != noErr)
|
|
|
4050 {
|
|
|
4051 #ifndef NDEBUG
|
|
|
4052 fprintf(stderr, "couldn't set font style\n");
|
|
|
4053 #endif
|
|
|
4054 ATSUDisposeStyle(gFontStyle);
|
|
|
4055 gFontStyle = NULL;
|
|
|
4056 }
|
|
|
4057 }
|
|
|
4058
|
|
|
4059 }
|
|
|
4060
|
|
|
4061 if (!gIsFontFallbackSet)
|
|
|
4062 {
|
|
|
4063 /* Setup automatic font substitution. The user's guifontwide
|
|
|
4064 * is tried first, then the system tries other fonts. */
|
|
|
4065 /*
|
|
|
4066 ATSUAttributeTag fallbackTags[] = { kATSULineFontFallbacksTag };
|
|
|
4067 ByteCount fallbackSizes[] = { sizeof(ATSUFontFallbacks) };
|
|
|
4068 ATSUCreateFontFallbacks(&gFontFallbacks);
|
|
|
4069 ATSUSetObjFontFallbacks(gFontFallbacks, );
|
|
|
4070 */
|
|
|
4071 if (gui.wide_font)
|
|
|
4072 {
|
|
|
4073 ATSUFontID fallbackFonts;
|
|
|
4074 gIsFontFallbackSet = TRUE;
|
|
|
4075
|
|
|
4076 if (FMGetFontFromFontFamilyInstance(
|
|
|
4077 (gui.wide_font & 0xFFFF),
|
|
|
4078 0,
|
|
|
4079 &fallbackFonts,
|
|
|
4080 NULL) == noErr)
|
|
|
4081 {
|
|
|
4082 ATSUSetFontFallbacks((sizeof fallbackFonts)/sizeof(ATSUFontID), &fallbackFonts, kATSUSequentialFallbacksPreferred);
|
|
|
4083 }
|
|
|
4084 /*
|
|
|
4085 ATSUAttributeValuePtr fallbackValues[] = { };
|
|
|
4086 */
|
|
|
4087 }
|
|
|
4088 }
|
|
|
4089 #endif
|
|
7
|
4090 TextSize(font >> 16);
|
|
|
4091 TextFont(font & 0xFFFF);
|
|
|
4092 }
|
|
|
4093
|
|
|
4094 /*
|
|
|
4095 * If a font is not going to be used, free its structure.
|
|
|
4096 */
|
|
|
4097 void
|
|
|
4098 gui_mch_free_font(font)
|
|
|
4099 GuiFont font;
|
|
|
4100 {
|
|
|
4101 /*
|
|
|
4102 * Free font when "font" is not 0.
|
|
|
4103 * Nothing to do in the current implementation, since
|
|
|
4104 * nothing is allocated for each font used.
|
|
|
4105 */
|
|
|
4106 }
|
|
|
4107
|
|
|
4108 static int
|
|
|
4109 hex_digit(c)
|
|
|
4110 int c;
|
|
|
4111 {
|
|
|
4112 if (isdigit(c))
|
|
|
4113 return c - '0';
|
|
|
4114 c = TOLOWER_ASC(c);
|
|
|
4115 if (c >= 'a' && c <= 'f')
|
|
|
4116 return c - 'a' + 10;
|
|
|
4117 return -1000;
|
|
|
4118 }
|
|
|
4119
|
|
|
4120 /*
|
|
|
4121 * Return the Pixel value (color) for the given color name. This routine was
|
|
|
4122 * pretty much taken from example code in the Silicon Graphics OSF/Motif
|
|
|
4123 * Programmer's Guide.
|
|
|
4124 * Return INVALCOLOR when failed.
|
|
|
4125 */
|
|
|
4126 guicolor_T
|
|
|
4127 gui_mch_get_color(name)
|
|
|
4128 char_u *name;
|
|
|
4129 {
|
|
|
4130 /* TODO: Add support for the new named color of MacOS 8
|
|
|
4131 */
|
|
|
4132 RGBColor MacColor;
|
|
|
4133 // guicolor_T color = 0;
|
|
|
4134
|
|
|
4135 typedef struct guicolor_tTable
|
|
|
4136 {
|
|
|
4137 char *name;
|
|
|
4138 guicolor_T color;
|
|
|
4139 } guicolor_tTable;
|
|
|
4140
|
|
|
4141 /*
|
|
|
4142 * The comment at the end of each line is the source
|
|
|
4143 * (Mac, Window, Unix) and the number is the unix rgb.txt value
|
|
|
4144 */
|
|
|
4145 static guicolor_tTable table[] =
|
|
|
4146 {
|
|
|
4147 {"Black", RGB(0x00, 0x00, 0x00)},
|
|
|
4148 {"darkgray", RGB(0x80, 0x80, 0x80)}, /*W*/
|
|
|
4149 {"darkgrey", RGB(0x80, 0x80, 0x80)}, /*W*/
|
|
|
4150 {"Gray", RGB(0xC0, 0xC0, 0xC0)}, /*W*/
|
|
|
4151 {"Grey", RGB(0xC0, 0xC0, 0xC0)}, /*W*/
|
|
|
4152 {"lightgray", RGB(0xE0, 0xE0, 0xE0)}, /*W*/
|
|
|
4153 {"lightgrey", RGB(0xE0, 0xE0, 0xE0)}, /*W*/
|
|
|
4154 {"white", RGB(0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF)},
|
|
|
4155 {"darkred", RGB(0x80, 0x00, 0x00)}, /*W*/
|
|
|
4156 {"red", RGB(0xDD, 0x08, 0x06)}, /*M*/
|
|
|
4157 {"lightred", RGB(0xFF, 0xA0, 0xA0)}, /*W*/
|
|
|
4158 {"DarkBlue", RGB(0x00, 0x00, 0x80)}, /*W*/
|
|
|
4159 {"Blue", RGB(0x00, 0x00, 0xD4)}, /*M*/
|
|
|
4160 {"lightblue", RGB(0xA0, 0xA0, 0xFF)}, /*W*/
|
|
|
4161 {"DarkGreen", RGB(0x00, 0x80, 0x00)}, /*W*/
|
|
|
4162 {"Green", RGB(0x00, 0x64, 0x11)}, /*M*/
|
|
|
4163 {"lightgreen", RGB(0xA0, 0xFF, 0xA0)}, /*W*/
|
|
|
4164 {"DarkCyan", RGB(0x00, 0x80, 0x80)}, /*W ?0x307D7E */
|
|
|
4165 {"cyan", RGB(0x02, 0xAB, 0xEA)}, /*M*/
|
|
|
4166 {"lightcyan", RGB(0xA0, 0xFF, 0xFF)}, /*W*/
|
|
|
4167 {"darkmagenta", RGB(0x80, 0x00, 0x80)}, /*W*/
|
|
|
4168 {"magenta", RGB(0xF2, 0x08, 0x84)}, /*M*/
|
|
|
4169 {"lightmagenta",RGB(0xF0, 0xA0, 0xF0)}, /*W*/
|
|
|
4170 {"brown", RGB(0x80, 0x40, 0x40)}, /*W*/
|
|
|
4171 {"yellow", RGB(0xFC, 0xF3, 0x05)}, /*M*/
|
|
|
4172 {"lightyellow", RGB(0xFF, 0xFF, 0xA0)}, /*M*/
|
|
308
|
4173 {"darkyellow", RGB(0xBB, 0xBB, 0x00)}, /*U*/
|
|
7
|
4174 {"SeaGreen", RGB(0x2E, 0x8B, 0x57)}, /*W 0x4E8975 */
|
|
|
4175 {"orange", RGB(0xFC, 0x80, 0x00)}, /*W 0xF87A17 */
|
|
|
4176 {"Purple", RGB(0xA0, 0x20, 0xF0)}, /*W 0x8e35e5 */
|
|
|
4177 {"SlateBlue", RGB(0x6A, 0x5A, 0xCD)}, /*W 0x737CA1 */
|
|
|
4178 {"Violet", RGB(0x8D, 0x38, 0xC9)}, /*U*/
|
|
|
4179 };
|
|
|
4180
|
|
|
4181 int r, g, b;
|
|
|
4182 int i;
|
|
|
4183
|
|
|
4184 if (name[0] == '#' && strlen((char *) name) == 7)
|
|
|
4185 {
|
|
|
4186 /* Name is in "#rrggbb" format */
|
|
|
4187 r = hex_digit(name[1]) * 16 + hex_digit(name[2]);
|
|
|
4188 g = hex_digit(name[3]) * 16 + hex_digit(name[4]);
|
|
|
4189 b = hex_digit(name[5]) * 16 + hex_digit(name[6]);
|
|
|
4190 if (r < 0 || g < 0 || b < 0)
|
|
|
4191 return INVALCOLOR;
|
|
|
4192 return RGB(r, g, b);
|
|
|
4193 }
|
|
|
4194 else
|
|
|
4195 {
|
|
9
|
4196 if (STRICMP(name, "hilite") == 0)
|
|
7
|
4197 {
|
|
9
|
4198 LMGetHiliteRGB(&MacColor);
|
|
|
4199 return (RGB(MacColor.red >> 8, MacColor.green >> 8, MacColor.blue >> 8));
|
|
7
|
4200 }
|
|
|
4201 /* Check if the name is one of the colors we know */
|
|
|
4202 for (i = 0; i < sizeof(table) / sizeof(table[0]); i++)
|
|
|
4203 if (STRICMP(name, table[i].name) == 0)
|
|
|
4204 return table[i].color;
|
|
|
4205 }
|
|
|
4206
|
|
|
4207
|
|
|
4208 /*
|
|
|
4209 * Last attempt. Look in the file "$VIM/rgb.txt".
|
|
|
4210 */
|
|
|
4211 {
|
|
|
4212 #define LINE_LEN 100
|
|
|
4213 FILE *fd;
|
|
|
4214 char line[LINE_LEN];
|
|
|
4215 char_u *fname;
|
|
|
4216
|
|
|
4217 #ifdef COLON_AS_PATHSEP
|
|
|
4218 fname = expand_env_save((char_u *)"$VIMRUNTIME:rgb.txt");
|
|
|
4219 #else
|
|
|
4220 fname = expand_env_save((char_u *)"$VIMRUNTIME/rgb.txt");
|
|
|
4221 #endif
|
|
|
4222 if (fname == NULL)
|
|
|
4223 return INVALCOLOR;
|
|
|
4224
|
|
|
4225 fd = fopen((char *)fname, "rt");
|
|
|
4226 vim_free(fname);
|
|
|
4227 if (fd == NULL)
|
|
|
4228 return INVALCOLOR;
|
|
|
4229
|
|
|
4230 while (!feof(fd))
|
|
|
4231 {
|
|
|
4232 int len;
|
|
|
4233 int pos;
|
|
|
4234 char *color;
|
|
|
4235
|
|
|
4236 fgets(line, LINE_LEN, fd);
|
|
|
4237 len = strlen(line);
|
|
|
4238
|
|
|
4239 if (len <= 1 || line[len-1] != '\n')
|
|
|
4240 continue;
|
|
|
4241
|
|
|
4242 line[len-1] = '\0';
|
|
|
4243
|
|
|
4244 i = sscanf(line, "%d %d %d %n", &r, &g, &b, &pos);
|
|
|
4245 if (i != 3)
|
|
|
4246 continue;
|
|
|
4247
|
|
|
4248 color = line + pos;
|
|
|
4249
|
|
|
4250 if (STRICMP(color, name) == 0)
|
|
|
4251 {
|
|
|
4252 fclose(fd);
|
|
|
4253 return (guicolor_T) RGB(r, g, b);
|
|
|
4254 }
|
|
|
4255 }
|
|
|
4256 fclose(fd);
|
|
|
4257 }
|
|
|
4258
|
|
|
4259 return INVALCOLOR;
|
|
|
4260 }
|
|
|
4261
|
|
|
4262 /*
|
|
|
4263 * Set the current text foreground color.
|
|
|
4264 */
|
|
|
4265 void
|
|
|
4266 gui_mch_set_fg_color(color)
|
|
|
4267 guicolor_T color;
|
|
|
4268 {
|
|
|
4269 RGBColor TheColor;
|
|
|
4270
|
|
|
4271 TheColor.red = Red(color) * 0x0101;
|
|
|
4272 TheColor.green = Green(color) * 0x0101;
|
|
|
4273 TheColor.blue = Blue(color) * 0x0101;
|
|
|
4274
|
|
9
|
4275 RGBForeColor(&TheColor);
|
|
7
|
4276 }
|
|
|
4277
|
|
|
4278 /*
|
|
|
4279 * Set the current text background color.
|
|
|
4280 */
|
|
|
4281 void
|
|
|
4282 gui_mch_set_bg_color(color)
|
|
|
4283 guicolor_T color;
|
|
|
4284 {
|
|
|
4285 RGBColor TheColor;
|
|
|
4286
|
|
|
4287 TheColor.red = Red(color) * 0x0101;
|
|
|
4288 TheColor.green = Green(color) * 0x0101;
|
|
|
4289 TheColor.blue = Blue(color) * 0x0101;
|
|
|
4290
|
|
9
|
4291 RGBBackColor(&TheColor);
|
|
7
|
4292 }
|
|
|
4293
|
|
212
|
4294 /*
|
|
|
4295 * Set the current text speail color. TODO
|
|
|
4296 */
|
|
|
4297 void
|
|
|
4298 gui_mch_set_sp_color(color)
|
|
|
4299 guicolor_T color;
|
|
|
4300 {
|
|
|
4301 }
|
|
|
4302
|
|
7
|
4303 void
|
|
|
4304 gui_mch_draw_string(row, col, s, len, flags)
|
|
|
4305 int row;
|
|
|
4306 int col;
|
|
|
4307 char_u *s;
|
|
|
4308 int len;
|
|
|
4309 int flags;
|
|
|
4310 {
|
|
|
4311 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
168
|
4312 #ifdef USE_ATSUI_DRAWING
|
|
|
4313 /* ATSUI requires utf-16 strings */
|
|
|
4314 UniCharCount utf16_len;
|
|
|
4315 UniChar *tofree = mac_enc_to_utf16(s, len, (size_t *)&utf16_len);
|
|
|
4316 utf16_len /= sizeof(UniChar);
|
|
|
4317 #else
|
|
7
|
4318 char_u *tofree = NULL;
|
|
|
4319
|
|
|
4320 if (output_conv.vc_type != CONV_NONE)
|
|
|
4321 {
|
|
|
4322 tofree = string_convert(&output_conv, s, &len);
|
|
|
4323 if (tofree != NULL)
|
|
|
4324 s = tofree;
|
|
|
4325 }
|
|
|
4326 #endif
|
|
168
|
4327 #endif
|
|
7
|
4328
|
|
|
4329 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) && defined(MACOS_X)
|
|
168
|
4330 /* ATSUI automatically antialiases text */
|
|
|
4331 #ifndef USE_ATSUI_DRAWING
|
|
7
|
4332 /*
|
|
|
4333 * On OS X, try using Quartz-style text antialiasing.
|
|
|
4334 */
|
|
189
|
4335 if (gMacSystemVersion >= 0x1020)
|
|
7
|
4336 {
|
|
|
4337 /* Quartz antialiasing is available only in OS 10.2 and later. */
|
|
|
4338 UInt32 qd_flags = (p_antialias ?
|
|
|
4339 kQDUseCGTextRendering | kQDUseCGTextMetrics : 0);
|
|
168
|
4340 QDSwapTextFlags(qd_flags);
|
|
7
|
4341 }
|
|
168
|
4342 #endif
|
|
7
|
4343
|
|
36
|
4344 /*
|
|
|
4345 * When antialiasing we're using srcOr mode, we have to clear the block
|
|
|
4346 * before drawing the text.
|
|
|
4347 * Also needed when 'linespace' is non-zero to remove the cursor and
|
|
|
4348 * underlining.
|
|
|
4349 * But not when drawing transparently.
|
|
|
4350 * The following is like calling gui_mch_clear_block(row, col, row, col +
|
|
|
4351 * len - 1), but without setting the bg color to gui.back_pixel.
|
|
|
4352 */
|
|
168
|
4353 #ifdef USE_ATSUI_DRAWING
|
|
|
4354 if ((flags & DRAW_TRANSP) == 0)
|
|
|
4355 #else
|
|
189
|
4356 if (((gMacSystemVersion >= 0x1020 && p_antialias) || p_linespace != 0)
|
|
36
|
4357 && !(flags & DRAW_TRANSP))
|
|
168
|
4358 #endif
|
|
36
|
4359 {
|
|
|
4360 Rect rc;
|
|
|
4361
|
|
|
4362 rc.left = FILL_X(col);
|
|
|
4363 rc.top = FILL_Y(row);
|
|
168
|
4364 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4365 /* Multibyte computation taken from gui_w32.c */
|
|
|
4366 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
4367 {
|
|
|
4368 int cell_len = 0;
|
|
|
4369 int n;
|
|
|
4370
|
|
|
4371 /* Compute the length in display cells. */
|
|
|
4372 for (n = 0; n < len; n += MB_BYTE2LEN(s[n]))
|
|
|
4373 cell_len += (*mb_ptr2cells)(s + n);
|
|
|
4374 rc.right = FILL_X(col + cell_len);
|
|
|
4375 }
|
|
|
4376 else
|
|
|
4377 #endif
|
|
36
|
4378 rc.right = FILL_X(col + len) + (col + len == Columns);
|
|
|
4379 rc.bottom = FILL_Y(row + 1);
|
|
|
4380 EraseRect(&rc);
|
|
|
4381 }
|
|
|
4382
|
|
168
|
4383 #ifndef USE_ATSUI_DRAWING
|
|
189
|
4384 if (gMacSystemVersion >= 0x1020 && p_antialias)
|
|
7
|
4385 {
|
|
|
4386 StyleParameter face;
|
|
|
4387
|
|
|
4388 face = normal;
|
|
|
4389 if (flags & DRAW_BOLD)
|
|
|
4390 face |= bold;
|
|
|
4391 if (flags & DRAW_UNDERL)
|
|
|
4392 face |= underline;
|
|
|
4393 TextFace(face);
|
|
|
4394
|
|
|
4395 /* Quartz antialiasing works only in srcOr transfer mode. */
|
|
|
4396 TextMode(srcOr);
|
|
|
4397
|
|
|
4398 MoveTo(TEXT_X(col), TEXT_Y(row));
|
|
|
4399 DrawText((char*)s, 0, len);
|
|
|
4400 }
|
|
|
4401 else
|
|
|
4402 #endif
|
|
168
|
4403 #endif
|
|
7
|
4404 {
|
|
|
4405 /* Use old-style, non-antialiased QuickDraw text rendering. */
|
|
9
|
4406 TextMode(srcCopy);
|
|
|
4407 TextFace(normal);
|
|
7
|
4408
|
|
|
4409 /* SelectFont(hdc, gui.currFont); */
|
|
|
4410
|
|
|
4411 if (flags & DRAW_TRANSP)
|
|
|
4412 {
|
|
9
|
4413 TextMode(srcOr);
|
|
7
|
4414 }
|
|
|
4415
|
|
9
|
4416 MoveTo(TEXT_X(col), TEXT_Y(row));
|
|
168
|
4417 #ifdef USE_ATSUI_DRAWING
|
|
|
4418 ATSUTextLayout textLayout;
|
|
|
4419
|
|
|
4420 if (ATSUCreateTextLayoutWithTextPtr(tofree,
|
|
|
4421 kATSUFromTextBeginning, kATSUToTextEnd,
|
|
|
4422 utf16_len,
|
|
|
4423 (gFontStyle ? 1 : 0), &utf16_len,
|
|
|
4424 (gFontStyle ? &gFontStyle : NULL),
|
|
|
4425 &textLayout) == noErr)
|
|
|
4426 {
|
|
|
4427 ATSUSetTransientFontMatching(textLayout, TRUE);
|
|
|
4428
|
|
|
4429 ATSUDrawText(textLayout,
|
|
|
4430 kATSUFromTextBeginning, kATSUToTextEnd,
|
|
|
4431 kATSUUseGrafPortPenLoc, kATSUUseGrafPortPenLoc);
|
|
|
4432
|
|
|
4433 ATSUDisposeTextLayout(textLayout);
|
|
|
4434 }
|
|
|
4435 #else
|
|
9
|
4436 DrawText((char *)s, 0, len);
|
|
7
|
4437
|
|
|
4438
|
|
|
4439 if (flags & DRAW_BOLD)
|
|
|
4440 {
|
|
9
|
4441 TextMode(srcOr);
|
|
|
4442 MoveTo(TEXT_X(col) + 1, TEXT_Y(row));
|
|
|
4443 DrawText((char *)s, 0, len);
|
|
7
|
4444 }
|
|
|
4445
|
|
|
4446 if (flags & DRAW_UNDERL)
|
|
|
4447 {
|
|
9
|
4448 MoveTo(FILL_X(col), FILL_Y(row + 1) - 1);
|
|
|
4449 LineTo(FILL_X(col + len) - 1, FILL_Y(row + 1) - 1);
|
|
7
|
4450 }
|
|
168
|
4451 #endif
|
|
7
|
4452 }
|
|
|
4453
|
|
|
4454 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4455 vim_free(tofree);
|
|
|
4456 #endif
|
|
|
4457 }
|
|
|
4458
|
|
|
4459 /*
|
|
|
4460 * Return OK if the key with the termcap name "name" is supported.
|
|
|
4461 */
|
|
|
4462 int
|
|
|
4463 gui_mch_haskey(name)
|
|
|
4464 char_u *name;
|
|
|
4465 {
|
|
|
4466 int i;
|
|
|
4467
|
|
|
4468 for (i = 0; special_keys[i].key_sym != (KeySym)0; i++)
|
|
|
4469 if (name[0] == special_keys[i].vim_code0 &&
|
|
|
4470 name[1] == special_keys[i].vim_code1)
|
|
|
4471 return OK;
|
|
|
4472 return FAIL;
|
|
|
4473 }
|
|
|
4474
|
|
|
4475 void
|
|
|
4476 gui_mch_beep()
|
|
|
4477 {
|
|
9
|
4478 SysBeep(1); /* Should this be 0? (????) */
|
|
7
|
4479 }
|
|
|
4480
|
|
|
4481 void
|
|
|
4482 gui_mch_flash(msec)
|
|
|
4483 int msec;
|
|
|
4484 {
|
|
|
4485 /* Do a visual beep by reversing the foreground and background colors */
|
|
|
4486 Rect rc;
|
|
|
4487
|
|
|
4488 /*
|
|
|
4489 * Note: InvertRect() excludes right and bottom of rectangle.
|
|
|
4490 */
|
|
|
4491 rc.left = 0;
|
|
|
4492 rc.top = 0;
|
|
|
4493 rc.right = gui.num_cols * gui.char_width;
|
|
|
4494 rc.bottom = gui.num_rows * gui.char_height;
|
|
|
4495 InvertRect(&rc);
|
|
|
4496
|
|
|
4497 ui_delay((long)msec, TRUE); /* wait for some msec */
|
|
|
4498
|
|
|
4499 InvertRect(&rc);
|
|
|
4500 }
|
|
|
4501
|
|
|
4502 /*
|
|
|
4503 * Invert a rectangle from row r, column c, for nr rows and nc columns.
|
|
|
4504 */
|
|
|
4505 void
|
|
|
4506 gui_mch_invert_rectangle(r, c, nr, nc)
|
|
|
4507 int r;
|
|
|
4508 int c;
|
|
|
4509 int nr;
|
|
|
4510 int nc;
|
|
|
4511 {
|
|
|
4512 Rect rc;
|
|
|
4513
|
|
|
4514 /*
|
|
|
4515 * Note: InvertRect() excludes right and bottom of rectangle.
|
|
|
4516 */
|
|
|
4517 rc.left = FILL_X(c);
|
|
|
4518 rc.top = FILL_Y(r);
|
|
|
4519 rc.right = rc.left + nc * gui.char_width;
|
|
|
4520 rc.bottom = rc.top + nr * gui.char_height;
|
|
|
4521 InvertRect(&rc);
|
|
|
4522
|
|
|
4523 }
|
|
|
4524
|
|
|
4525 /*
|
|
|
4526 * Iconify the GUI window.
|
|
|
4527 */
|
|
|
4528 void
|
|
|
4529 gui_mch_iconify()
|
|
|
4530 {
|
|
|
4531 /* TODO: find out what could replace iconify
|
|
|
4532 * -window shade?
|
|
|
4533 * -hide application?
|
|
|
4534 */
|
|
|
4535 }
|
|
|
4536
|
|
|
4537 #if defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
4538 /*
|
|
|
4539 * Bring the Vim window to the foreground.
|
|
|
4540 */
|
|
|
4541 void
|
|
|
4542 gui_mch_set_foreground()
|
|
|
4543 {
|
|
|
4544 /* TODO */
|
|
|
4545 }
|
|
|
4546 #endif
|
|
|
4547
|
|
|
4548 /*
|
|
|
4549 * Draw a cursor without focus.
|
|
|
4550 */
|
|
|
4551 void
|
|
|
4552 gui_mch_draw_hollow_cursor(color)
|
|
|
4553 guicolor_T color;
|
|
|
4554 {
|
|
|
4555 Rect rc;
|
|
|
4556
|
|
|
4557 /*
|
|
|
4558 * Note: FrameRect() excludes right and bottom of rectangle.
|
|
|
4559 */
|
|
|
4560 rc.left = FILL_X(gui.col);
|
|
|
4561 rc.top = FILL_Y(gui.row);
|
|
|
4562 rc.right = rc.left + gui.char_width;
|
|
168
|
4563 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4564 if (mb_lefthalve(gui.row, gui.col))
|
|
|
4565 rc.right += gui.char_width;
|
|
|
4566 #endif
|
|
7
|
4567 rc.bottom = rc.top + gui.char_height;
|
|
|
4568
|
|
|
4569 gui_mch_set_fg_color(color);
|
|
|
4570
|
|
9
|
4571 FrameRect(&rc);
|
|
7
|
4572 }
|
|
|
4573
|
|
|
4574 /*
|
|
|
4575 * Draw part of a cursor, only w pixels wide, and h pixels high.
|
|
|
4576 */
|
|
|
4577 void
|
|
|
4578 gui_mch_draw_part_cursor(w, h, color)
|
|
|
4579 int w;
|
|
|
4580 int h;
|
|
|
4581 guicolor_T color;
|
|
|
4582 {
|
|
|
4583 Rect rc;
|
|
|
4584
|
|
|
4585 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
4586 /* vertical line should be on the right of current point */
|
|
|
4587 if (CURSOR_BAR_RIGHT)
|
|
|
4588 rc.left = FILL_X(gui.col + 1) - w;
|
|
|
4589 else
|
|
|
4590 #endif
|
|
|
4591 rc.left = FILL_X(gui.col);
|
|
|
4592 rc.top = FILL_Y(gui.row) + gui.char_height - h;
|
|
|
4593 rc.right = rc.left + w;
|
|
|
4594 rc.bottom = rc.top + h;
|
|
|
4595
|
|
|
4596 gui_mch_set_fg_color(color);
|
|
|
4597
|
|
168
|
4598 FrameRect(&rc);
|
|
|
4599 // PaintRect(&rc);
|
|
7
|
4600 }
|
|
|
4601
|
|
|
4602
|
|
|
4603
|
|
|
4604 /*
|
|
|
4605 * Catch up with any queued X events. This may put keyboard input into the
|
|
|
4606 * input buffer, call resize call-backs, trigger timers etc. If there is
|
|
|
4607 * nothing in the X event queue (& no timers pending), then we return
|
|
|
4608 * immediately.
|
|
|
4609 */
|
|
|
4610 void
|
|
|
4611 gui_mch_update()
|
|
|
4612 {
|
|
|
4613 /* TODO: find what to do
|
|
|
4614 * maybe call gui_mch_wait_for_chars (0)
|
|
|
4615 * more like look at EventQueue then
|
|
|
4616 * call heart of gui_mch_wait_for_chars;
|
|
|
4617 *
|
|
|
4618 * if (eventther)
|
|
|
4619 * gui_mac_handle_event(&event);
|
|
|
4620 */
|
|
|
4621 EventRecord theEvent;
|
|
|
4622
|
|
9
|
4623 if (EventAvail(everyEvent, &theEvent))
|
|
7
|
4624 if (theEvent.what != nullEvent)
|
|
|
4625 gui_mch_wait_for_chars(0);
|
|
|
4626 }
|
|
|
4627
|
|
|
4628 /*
|
|
|
4629 * Simple wrapper to neglect more easily the time
|
|
|
4630 * spent inside WaitNextEvent while profiling.
|
|
|
4631 */
|
|
|
4632
|
|
|
4633 #if defined(__MWERKS__) /* only in Codewarrior */
|
|
|
4634 # pragma profile reset
|
|
|
4635 #endif
|
|
|
4636 pascal
|
|
|
4637 Boolean
|
|
9
|
4638 WaitNextEventWrp(EventMask eventMask, EventRecord *theEvent, UInt32 sleep, RgnHandle mouseRgn)
|
|
7
|
4639 {
|
|
|
4640 if (((long) sleep) < -1)
|
|
|
4641 sleep = 32767;
|
|
|
4642 return WaitNextEvent(eventMask, theEvent, sleep, mouseRgn);
|
|
|
4643 }
|
|
|
4644
|
|
|
4645 /*
|
|
|
4646 * GUI input routine called by gui_wait_for_chars(). Waits for a character
|
|
|
4647 * from the keyboard.
|
|
|
4648 * wtime == -1 Wait forever.
|
|
|
4649 * wtime == 0 This should never happen.
|
|
|
4650 * wtime > 0 Wait wtime milliseconds for a character.
|
|
|
4651 * Returns OK if a character was found to be available within the given time,
|
|
|
4652 * or FAIL otherwise.
|
|
|
4653 */
|
|
|
4654 #if defined(__MWERKS__) /* only in Codewarrior */
|
|
|
4655 # pragma profile reset
|
|
|
4656 #endif
|
|
|
4657 int
|
|
|
4658 gui_mch_wait_for_chars(wtime)
|
|
|
4659 int wtime;
|
|
|
4660 {
|
|
|
4661 EventMask mask = (everyEvent);
|
|
|
4662 EventRecord event;
|
|
|
4663 long entryTick;
|
|
|
4664 long currentTick;
|
|
|
4665 long sleeppyTick;
|
|
|
4666
|
|
|
4667 /* If we are providing life feedback with the scrollbar,
|
|
|
4668 * we don't want to try to wait for an event, or else
|
|
|
4669 * there won't be any life feedback.
|
|
|
4670 */
|
|
|
4671 if (dragged_sb != NULL)
|
|
|
4672 return FAIL;
|
|
|
4673 /* TODO: Check if FAIL is the proper return code */
|
|
|
4674
|
|
|
4675 entryTick = TickCount();
|
|
|
4676
|
|
|
4677 allow_scrollbar = TRUE;
|
|
|
4678
|
|
|
4679 do
|
|
|
4680 {
|
|
|
4681 /* if (dragRectControl == kCreateEmpty)
|
|
|
4682 {
|
|
|
4683 dragRgn = NULL;
|
|
|
4684 dragRectControl = kNothing;
|
|
|
4685 }
|
|
|
4686 else*/ if (dragRectControl == kCreateRect)
|
|
|
4687 {
|
|
|
4688 dragRgn = cursorRgn;
|
|
9
|
4689 RectRgn(dragRgn, &dragRect);
|
|
7
|
4690 dragRectControl = kNothing;
|
|
|
4691 }
|
|
|
4692 /*
|
|
|
4693 * Don't use gui_mch_update() because then we will spin-lock until a
|
|
|
4694 * char arrives, instead we use WaitNextEventWrp() to hang until an
|
|
|
4695 * event arrives. No need to check for input_buf_full because we are
|
|
|
4696 * returning as soon as it contains a single char.
|
|
|
4697 */
|
|
|
4698 /* TODO: reduce wtime accordinly??? */
|
|
|
4699 if (wtime > -1)
|
|
|
4700 sleeppyTick = 60*wtime/1000;
|
|
|
4701 else
|
|
|
4702 sleeppyTick = 32767;
|
|
9
|
4703 if (WaitNextEventWrp(mask, &event, sleeppyTick, dragRgn))
|
|
7
|
4704 {
|
|
|
4705 #ifdef USE_SIOUX
|
|
|
4706 if (!SIOUXHandleOneEvent(&event))
|
|
|
4707 #endif
|
|
9
|
4708 gui_mac_handle_event(&event);
|
|
7
|
4709 if (input_available())
|
|
|
4710 {
|
|
|
4711 allow_scrollbar = FALSE;
|
|
|
4712 return OK;
|
|
|
4713 }
|
|
|
4714 }
|
|
|
4715 currentTick = TickCount();
|
|
|
4716 }
|
|
|
4717 while ((wtime == -1) || ((currentTick - entryTick) < 60*wtime/1000));
|
|
|
4718
|
|
|
4719 allow_scrollbar = FALSE;
|
|
|
4720 return FAIL;
|
|
|
4721 }
|
|
|
4722
|
|
|
4723 #if defined(__MWERKS__) /* only in Codewarrior */
|
|
|
4724 # pragma profile reset
|
|
|
4725 #endif
|
|
|
4726
|
|
|
4727 /*
|
|
|
4728 * Output routines.
|
|
|
4729 */
|
|
|
4730
|
|
|
4731 /* Flush any output to the screen */
|
|
|
4732 void
|
|
|
4733 gui_mch_flush()
|
|
|
4734 {
|
|
|
4735 /* TODO: Is anything needed here? */
|
|
|
4736 }
|
|
|
4737
|
|
|
4738 /*
|
|
|
4739 * Clear a rectangular region of the screen from text pos (row1, col1) to
|
|
|
4740 * (row2, col2) inclusive.
|
|
|
4741 */
|
|
|
4742 void
|
|
|
4743 gui_mch_clear_block(row1, col1, row2, col2)
|
|
|
4744 int row1;
|
|
|
4745 int col1;
|
|
|
4746 int row2;
|
|
|
4747 int col2;
|
|
|
4748 {
|
|
|
4749 Rect rc;
|
|
|
4750
|
|
|
4751 /*
|
|
|
4752 * Clear one extra pixel at the far right, for when bold characters have
|
|
|
4753 * spilled over to the next column.
|
|
|
4754 */
|
|
|
4755 rc.left = FILL_X(col1);
|
|
|
4756 rc.top = FILL_Y(row1);
|
|
|
4757 rc.right = FILL_X(col2 + 1) + (col2 == Columns - 1);
|
|
|
4758 rc.bottom = FILL_Y(row2 + 1);
|
|
|
4759
|
|
|
4760 gui_mch_set_bg_color(gui.back_pixel);
|
|
9
|
4761 EraseRect(&rc);
|
|
7
|
4762 }
|
|
|
4763
|
|
|
4764 /*
|
|
|
4765 * Clear the whole text window.
|
|
|
4766 */
|
|
|
4767 void
|
|
|
4768 gui_mch_clear_all()
|
|
|
4769 {
|
|
|
4770 Rect rc;
|
|
|
4771
|
|
|
4772 rc.left = 0;
|
|
|
4773 rc.top = 0;
|
|
|
4774 rc.right = Columns * gui.char_width + 2 * gui.border_width;
|
|
|
4775 rc.bottom = Rows * gui.char_height + 2 * gui.border_width;
|
|
|
4776
|
|
|
4777 gui_mch_set_bg_color(gui.back_pixel);
|
|
|
4778 EraseRect(&rc);
|
|
|
4779 /* gui_mch_set_fg_color(gui.norm_pixel);
|
|
|
4780 FrameRect(&rc);
|
|
|
4781 */
|
|
|
4782 }
|
|
|
4783
|
|
|
4784 /*
|
|
|
4785 * Delete the given number of lines from the given row, scrolling up any
|
|
|
4786 * text further down within the scroll region.
|
|
|
4787 */
|
|
|
4788 void
|
|
|
4789 gui_mch_delete_lines(row, num_lines)
|
|
|
4790 int row;
|
|
|
4791 int num_lines;
|
|
|
4792 {
|
|
|
4793 Rect rc;
|
|
|
4794
|
|
|
4795 /* changed without checking! */
|
|
|
4796 rc.left = FILL_X(gui.scroll_region_left);
|
|
|
4797 rc.right = FILL_X(gui.scroll_region_right + 1);
|
|
|
4798 rc.top = FILL_Y(row);
|
|
|
4799 rc.bottom = FILL_Y(gui.scroll_region_bot + 1);
|
|
|
4800
|
|
|
4801 gui_mch_set_bg_color(gui.back_pixel);
|
|
9
|
4802 ScrollRect(&rc, 0, -num_lines * gui.char_height, (RgnHandle) nil);
|
|
7
|
4803
|
|
|
4804 gui_clear_block(gui.scroll_region_bot - num_lines + 1,
|
|
|
4805 gui.scroll_region_left,
|
|
|
4806 gui.scroll_region_bot, gui.scroll_region_right);
|
|
|
4807 }
|
|
|
4808
|
|
|
4809 /*
|
|
|
4810 * Insert the given number of lines before the given row, scrolling down any
|
|
|
4811 * following text within the scroll region.
|
|
|
4812 */
|
|
|
4813 void
|
|
|
4814 gui_mch_insert_lines(row, num_lines)
|
|
|
4815 int row;
|
|
|
4816 int num_lines;
|
|
|
4817 {
|
|
|
4818 Rect rc;
|
|
|
4819
|
|
|
4820 rc.left = FILL_X(gui.scroll_region_left);
|
|
|
4821 rc.right = FILL_X(gui.scroll_region_right + 1);
|
|
|
4822 rc.top = FILL_Y(row);
|
|
|
4823 rc.bottom = FILL_Y(gui.scroll_region_bot + 1);
|
|
|
4824
|
|
|
4825 gui_mch_set_bg_color(gui.back_pixel);
|
|
|
4826
|
|
9
|
4827 ScrollRect(&rc, 0, gui.char_height * num_lines, (RgnHandle) nil);
|
|
7
|
4828
|
|
|
4829 /* Update gui.cursor_row if the cursor scrolled or copied over */
|
|
|
4830 if (gui.cursor_row >= gui.row
|
|
|
4831 && gui.cursor_col >= gui.scroll_region_left
|
|
|
4832 && gui.cursor_col <= gui.scroll_region_right)
|
|
|
4833 {
|
|
|
4834 if (gui.cursor_row <= gui.scroll_region_bot - num_lines)
|
|
|
4835 gui.cursor_row += num_lines;
|
|
|
4836 else if (gui.cursor_row <= gui.scroll_region_bot)
|
|
|
4837 gui.cursor_is_valid = FALSE;
|
|
|
4838 }
|
|
|
4839
|
|
|
4840 gui_clear_block(row, gui.scroll_region_left,
|
|
|
4841 row + num_lines - 1, gui.scroll_region_right);
|
|
|
4842 }
|
|
|
4843
|
|
|
4844 /*
|
|
|
4845 * TODO: add a vim format to the clipboard which remember
|
|
|
4846 * LINEWISE, CHARWISE, BLOCKWISE
|
|
|
4847 */
|
|
|
4848
|
|
|
4849 void
|
|
|
4850 clip_mch_request_selection(cbd)
|
|
|
4851 VimClipboard *cbd;
|
|
|
4852 {
|
|
|
4853
|
|
|
4854 Handle textOfClip;
|
|
19
|
4855 int flavor = 0;
|
|
7
|
4856 #ifdef USE_CARBONIZED
|
|
|
4857 Size scrapSize;
|
|
|
4858 ScrapFlavorFlags scrapFlags;
|
|
|
4859 ScrapRef scrap = nil;
|
|
|
4860 OSStatus error;
|
|
|
4861 #else
|
|
|
4862 long scrapOffset;
|
|
|
4863 long scrapSize;
|
|
|
4864 #endif
|
|
|
4865 int type;
|
|
|
4866 char *searchCR;
|
|
|
4867 char_u *tempclip;
|
|
|
4868
|
|
|
4869
|
|
|
4870 #ifdef USE_CARBONIZED
|
|
9
|
4871 error = GetCurrentScrap(&scrap);
|
|
7
|
4872 if (error != noErr)
|
|
|
4873 return;
|
|
|
4874
|
|
9
|
4875 error = GetScrapFlavorFlags(scrap, VIMSCRAPFLAVOR, &scrapFlags);
|
|
|
4876 if (error == noErr)
|
|
|
4877 {
|
|
|
4878 error = GetScrapFlavorSize(scrap, VIMSCRAPFLAVOR, &scrapSize);
|
|
|
4879 if (error == noErr && scrapSize > 1)
|
|
|
4880 flavor = 1;
|
|
|
4881 }
|
|
|
4882
|
|
|
4883 if (flavor == 0)
|
|
|
4884 {
|
|
168
|
4885 error = GetScrapFlavorFlags(scrap, kScrapFlavorTypeUnicode, &scrapFlags);
|
|
9
|
4886 if (error != noErr)
|
|
|
4887 return;
|
|
|
4888
|
|
168
|
4889 error = GetScrapFlavorSize(scrap, kScrapFlavorTypeUnicode, &scrapSize);
|
|
9
|
4890 if (error != noErr)
|
|
|
4891 return;
|
|
|
4892 }
|
|
|
4893
|
|
|
4894 ReserveMem(scrapSize);
|
|
7
|
4895 #else
|
|
|
4896 /* Call to LoadScrap seem to avoid problem with crash on first paste */
|
|
|
4897 scrapSize = LoadScrap();
|
|
|
4898 scrapSize = GetScrap(nil, 'TEXT', &scrapOffset);
|
|
|
4899
|
|
|
4900 if (scrapSize > 0)
|
|
|
4901 #endif
|
|
|
4902 {
|
|
|
4903 #ifdef USE_CARBONIZED
|
|
|
4904 /* In CARBON we don't need a Handle, a pointer is good */
|
|
9
|
4905 textOfClip = NewHandle(scrapSize);
|
|
7
|
4906 /* tempclip = lalloc(scrapSize+1, TRUE); */
|
|
|
4907 #else
|
|
|
4908 textOfClip = NewHandle(0);
|
|
|
4909 #endif
|
|
9
|
4910 HLock(textOfClip);
|
|
7
|
4911 #ifdef USE_CARBONIZED
|
|
9
|
4912 error = GetScrapFlavorData(scrap,
|
|
168
|
4913 flavor ? VIMSCRAPFLAVOR : kScrapFlavorTypeUnicode,
|
|
9
|
4914 &scrapSize, *textOfClip);
|
|
7
|
4915 #else
|
|
|
4916 scrapSize = GetScrap(textOfClip, 'TEXT', &scrapOffset);
|
|
|
4917 #endif
|
|
19
|
4918 scrapSize -= flavor;
|
|
7
|
4919
|
|
9
|
4920 if (flavor)
|
|
|
4921 type = **textOfClip;
|
|
|
4922 else
|
|
|
4923 type = (strchr(*textOfClip, '\r') != NULL) ? MLINE : MCHAR;
|
|
7
|
4924
|
|
19
|
4925 tempclip = lalloc(scrapSize + 1, TRUE);
|
|
168
|
4926 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) && defined(USE_CARBONIZED)
|
|
|
4927 mch_memmove(tempclip, *textOfClip + flavor, scrapSize);
|
|
|
4928 #else
|
|
19
|
4929 STRNCPY(tempclip, *textOfClip + flavor, scrapSize);
|
|
168
|
4930 #endif
|
|
19
|
4931 tempclip[scrapSize] = 0;
|
|
7
|
4932
|
|
|
4933 searchCR = (char *)tempclip;
|
|
|
4934 while (searchCR != NULL)
|
|
|
4935 {
|
|
|
4936 searchCR = strchr(searchCR, '\r');
|
|
|
4937
|
|
|
4938 if (searchCR != NULL)
|
|
|
4939 searchCR[0] = '\n';
|
|
|
4940
|
|
|
4941 }
|
|
|
4942
|
|
168
|
4943 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) && defined(USE_CARBONIZED)
|
|
|
4944 /* Convert from utf-16 (clipboard) */
|
|
|
4945 size_t encLen = 0;
|
|
|
4946 char_u *to = mac_utf16_to_enc((UniChar *)tempclip, scrapSize, &encLen);
|
|
|
4947 if (to)
|
|
7
|
4948 {
|
|
168
|
4949 scrapSize = encLen;
|
|
|
4950 vim_free(tempclip);
|
|
|
4951 tempclip = to;
|
|
7
|
4952 }
|
|
|
4953 #endif
|
|
|
4954 clip_yank_selection(type, tempclip, scrapSize, cbd);
|
|
|
4955
|
|
|
4956 vim_free(tempclip);
|
|
|
4957 HUnlock(textOfClip);
|
|
|
4958
|
|
|
4959 DisposeHandle(textOfClip);
|
|
|
4960 }
|
|
|
4961 }
|
|
|
4962
|
|
|
4963 void
|
|
|
4964 clip_mch_lose_selection(cbd)
|
|
|
4965 VimClipboard *cbd;
|
|
|
4966 {
|
|
|
4967 /*
|
|
|
4968 * TODO: Really nothing to do?
|
|
|
4969 */
|
|
|
4970 }
|
|
|
4971
|
|
|
4972 int
|
|
|
4973 clip_mch_own_selection(cbd)
|
|
|
4974 VimClipboard *cbd;
|
|
|
4975 {
|
|
|
4976 return OK;
|
|
|
4977 }
|
|
|
4978
|
|
|
4979 /*
|
|
|
4980 * Send the current selection to the clipboard.
|
|
|
4981 */
|
|
|
4982 void
|
|
|
4983 clip_mch_set_selection(cbd)
|
|
|
4984 VimClipboard *cbd;
|
|
|
4985 {
|
|
|
4986 Handle textOfClip;
|
|
|
4987 long scrapSize;
|
|
|
4988 int type;
|
|
|
4989 #ifdef USE_CARBONIZED
|
|
|
4990 ScrapRef scrap;
|
|
|
4991 #endif
|
|
|
4992
|
|
|
4993 char_u *str = NULL;
|
|
|
4994
|
|
|
4995 if (!cbd->owned)
|
|
|
4996 return;
|
|
|
4997
|
|
|
4998 clip_get_selection(cbd);
|
|
|
4999
|
|
|
5000 /*
|
|
|
5001 * Once we set the clipboard, lose ownership. If another application sets
|
|
|
5002 * the clipboard, we don't want to think that we still own it.
|
|
|
5003 *
|
|
|
5004 */
|
|
|
5005
|
|
|
5006 cbd->owned = FALSE;
|
|
|
5007
|
|
|
5008 type = clip_convert_selection(&str, (long_u *) &scrapSize, cbd);
|
|
|
5009
|
|
168
|
5010 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) && defined(USE_CARBONIZED)
|
|
|
5011 size_t utf16_len = 0;
|
|
|
5012 UniChar *to = mac_enc_to_utf16(str, scrapSize, &utf16_len);
|
|
|
5013 if (to)
|
|
7
|
5014 {
|
|
168
|
5015 scrapSize = utf16_len;
|
|
|
5016 vim_free(str);
|
|
|
5017 str = (char_u *)to;
|
|
7
|
5018 }
|
|
|
5019 #endif
|
|
|
5020
|
|
|
5021 if (type >= 0)
|
|
|
5022 {
|
|
|
5023 #ifdef USE_CARBONIZED
|
|
|
5024 ClearCurrentScrap();
|
|
|
5025 #else
|
|
|
5026 ZeroScrap();
|
|
|
5027 #endif
|
|
|
5028
|
|
9
|
5029 #ifdef USE_CARBONIZED
|
|
|
5030 textOfClip = NewHandle(scrapSize + 1);
|
|
|
5031 #else
|
|
7
|
5032 textOfClip = NewHandle(scrapSize);
|
|
9
|
5033 #endif
|
|
7
|
5034 HLock(textOfClip);
|
|
|
5035
|
|
|
5036 #ifdef USE_CARBONIZED
|
|
9
|
5037 **textOfClip = type;
|
|
168
|
5038 mch_memmove(*textOfClip + 1, str, scrapSize);
|
|
9
|
5039 GetCurrentScrap(&scrap);
|
|
168
|
5040 PutScrapFlavor(scrap, kScrapFlavorTypeUnicode, kScrapFlavorMaskNone,
|
|
9
|
5041 scrapSize, *textOfClip + 1);
|
|
|
5042 PutScrapFlavor(scrap, VIMSCRAPFLAVOR, kScrapFlavorMaskNone,
|
|
|
5043 scrapSize + 1, *textOfClip);
|
|
7
|
5044 #else
|
|
9
|
5045 STRNCPY(*textOfClip, str, scrapSize);
|
|
7
|
5046 PutScrap(scrapSize, 'TEXT', *textOfClip);
|
|
|
5047 #endif
|
|
|
5048 HUnlock(textOfClip);
|
|
|
5049 DisposeHandle(textOfClip);
|
|
|
5050 }
|
|
|
5051
|
|
|
5052 vim_free(str);
|
|
|
5053 }
|
|
|
5054
|
|
|
5055 void
|
|
|
5056 gui_mch_set_text_area_pos(x, y, w, h)
|
|
|
5057 int x;
|
|
|
5058 int y;
|
|
|
5059 int w;
|
|
|
5060 int h;
|
|
|
5061 {
|
|
|
5062 Rect VimBound;
|
|
|
5063
|
|
9
|
5064 /* HideWindow(gui.VimWindow); */
|
|
7
|
5065 #ifdef USE_CARBONIZED
|
|
|
5066 GetWindowBounds(gui.VimWindow, kWindowGlobalPortRgn, &VimBound);
|
|
|
5067 #else
|
|
|
5068 VimBound = gui.VimWindow->portRect;
|
|
|
5069 #endif
|
|
|
5070
|
|
|
5071 if (gui.which_scrollbars[SBAR_LEFT])
|
|
|
5072 {
|
|
|
5073 VimBound.left = -gui.scrollbar_width + 1;
|
|
|
5074 }
|
|
|
5075 else
|
|
|
5076 {
|
|
|
5077 VimBound.left = 0;
|
|
|
5078 }
|
|
|
5079
|
|
|
5080 #ifdef USE_CARBONIZED
|
|
|
5081 SetWindowBounds(gui.VimWindow, kWindowGlobalPortRgn, &VimBound);
|
|
|
5082 #endif
|
|
|
5083
|
|
9
|
5084 ShowWindow(gui.VimWindow);
|
|
7
|
5085 }
|
|
|
5086
|
|
|
5087 /*
|
|
|
5088 * Menu stuff.
|
|
|
5089 */
|
|
|
5090
|
|
|
5091 void
|
|
|
5092 gui_mch_enable_menu(flag)
|
|
|
5093 int flag;
|
|
|
5094 {
|
|
|
5095 /*
|
|
444
|
5096 * Menu is always active.
|
|
7
|
5097 */
|
|
|
5098 }
|
|
|
5099
|
|
|
5100 void
|
|
|
5101 gui_mch_set_menu_pos(x, y, w, h)
|
|
|
5102 int x;
|
|
|
5103 int y;
|
|
|
5104 int w;
|
|
|
5105 int h;
|
|
|
5106 {
|
|
|
5107 /*
|
|
444
|
5108 * The menu is always at the top of the screen.
|
|
7
|
5109 */
|
|
|
5110 }
|
|
|
5111
|
|
|
5112 /*
|
|
|
5113 * Add a sub menu to the menu bar.
|
|
|
5114 */
|
|
|
5115 void
|
|
|
5116 gui_mch_add_menu(menu, idx)
|
|
|
5117 vimmenu_T *menu;
|
|
|
5118 int idx;
|
|
|
5119 {
|
|
|
5120 /*
|
|
|
5121 * TODO: Try to use only menu_id instead of both menu_id and menu_handle.
|
|
|
5122 * TODO: use menu->mnemonic and menu->actext
|
|
|
5123 * TODO: Try to reuse menu id
|
|
|
5124 * Carbon Help suggest to use only id between 1 and 235
|
|
|
5125 */
|
|
|
5126 static long next_avail_id = 128;
|
|
|
5127 long menu_after_me = 0; /* Default to the end */
|
|
168
|
5128 #if defined(USE_CARBONIZED) && defined(FEAT_MBYTE)
|
|
|
5129 CFStringRef name;
|
|
|
5130 #else
|
|
7
|
5131 char_u *name;
|
|
168
|
5132 #endif
|
|
7
|
5133 short index;
|
|
|
5134 vimmenu_T *parent = menu->parent;
|
|
|
5135 vimmenu_T *brother = menu->next;
|
|
|
5136
|
|
|
5137 /* Cannot add a menu if ... */
|
|
|
5138 if ((parent != NULL && parent->submenu_id == 0))
|
|
|
5139 return;
|
|
|
5140
|
|
|
5141 /* menu ID greater than 1024 are reserved for ??? */
|
|
|
5142 if (next_avail_id == 1024)
|
|
|
5143 return;
|
|
|
5144
|
|
|
5145 /* My brother could be the PopUp, find my real brother */
|
|
|
5146 while ((brother != NULL) && (!menu_is_menubar(brother->name)))
|
|
|
5147 brother = brother->next;
|
|
|
5148
|
|
|
5149 /* Find where to insert the menu (for MenuBar) */
|
|
|
5150 if ((parent == NULL) && (brother != NULL))
|
|
|
5151 menu_after_me = brother->submenu_id;
|
|
|
5152
|
|
|
5153 /* If the menu is not part of the menubar (and its submenus), add it 'nowhere' */
|
|
|
5154 if (!menu_is_menubar(menu->name))
|
|
|
5155 menu_after_me = hierMenu;
|
|
|
5156
|
|
|
5157 /* Convert the name */
|
|
168
|
5158 #if defined(USE_CARBONIZED) && defined(FEAT_MBYTE)
|
|
|
5159 name = menu_title_removing_mnemonic(menu);
|
|
|
5160 #else
|
|
7
|
5161 name = C2Pascal_save(menu->dname);
|
|
168
|
5162 #endif
|
|
7
|
5163 if (name == NULL)
|
|
|
5164 return;
|
|
|
5165
|
|
|
5166 /* Create the menu unless it's the help menu */
|
|
|
5167 #ifdef USE_HELPMENU
|
|
168
|
5168 #if defined(USE_CARBONIZED) && defined(FEAT_MBYTE)
|
|
|
5169 if (menu->priority == 9999)
|
|
|
5170 #else
|
|
7
|
5171 if (STRNCMP(name, "\4Help", 5) == 0)
|
|
168
|
5172 #endif
|
|
7
|
5173 {
|
|
|
5174 menu->submenu_id = kHMHelpMenuID;
|
|
|
5175 menu->submenu_handle = gui.MacOSHelpMenu;
|
|
|
5176 }
|
|
|
5177 else
|
|
|
5178 #endif
|
|
|
5179 {
|
|
|
5180 /* Carbon suggest use of
|
|
9
|
5181 * OSStatus CreateNewMenu(MenuID, MenuAttributes, MenuRef *);
|
|
|
5182 * OSStatus SetMenuTitle(MenuRef, ConstStr255Param title);
|
|
7
|
5183 */
|
|
|
5184 menu->submenu_id = next_avail_id;
|
|
168
|
5185 #if defined(USE_CARBONIZED) && defined(FEAT_MBYTE)
|
|
|
5186 if (CreateNewMenu(menu->submenu_id, 0, (MenuRef *)&menu->submenu_handle) == noErr)
|
|
|
5187 SetMenuTitleWithCFString((MenuRef)menu->submenu_handle, name);
|
|
|
5188 #else
|
|
9
|
5189 menu->submenu_handle = NewMenu(menu->submenu_id, name);
|
|
168
|
5190 #endif
|
|
7
|
5191 next_avail_id++;
|
|
|
5192 }
|
|
|
5193
|
|
|
5194 if (parent == NULL)
|
|
|
5195 {
|
|
|
5196 /* Adding a menu to the menubar, or in the no mans land (for PopUp) */
|
|
|
5197
|
|
|
5198 /* TODO: Verify if we could only Insert Menu if really part of the
|
|
|
5199 * menubar The Inserted menu are scanned or the Command-key combos
|
|
|
5200 */
|
|
|
5201
|
|
|
5202 /* Insert the menu unless it's the Help menu */
|
|
|
5203 #ifdef USE_HELPMENU
|
|
|
5204 if (menu->submenu_id != kHMHelpMenuID)
|
|
|
5205 #endif
|
|
9
|
5206 InsertMenu(menu->submenu_handle, menu_after_me); /* insert before */
|
|
7
|
5207 #if 1
|
|
|
5208 /* Vim should normally update it. TODO: verify */
|
|
|
5209 DrawMenuBar();
|
|
|
5210 #endif
|
|
|
5211 }
|
|
|
5212 else
|
|
|
5213 {
|
|
|
5214 /* Adding as a submenu */
|
|
|
5215
|
|
9
|
5216 index = gui_mac_get_menu_item_index(menu);
|
|
7
|
5217
|
|
|
5218 /* Call InsertMenuItem followed by SetMenuItemText
|
|
|
5219 * to avoid special character recognition by InsertMenuItem
|
|
|
5220 */
|
|
|
5221 InsertMenuItem(parent->submenu_handle, "\p ", idx); /* afterItem */
|
|
168
|
5222 #if defined(USE_CARBONIZED) && defined(FEAT_MBYTE)
|
|
|
5223 SetMenuItemTextWithCFString(parent->submenu_handle, idx+1, name);
|
|
|
5224 #else
|
|
7
|
5225 SetMenuItemText(parent->submenu_handle, idx+1, name);
|
|
168
|
5226 #endif
|
|
7
|
5227 SetItemCmd(parent->submenu_handle, idx+1, 0x1B);
|
|
|
5228 SetItemMark(parent->submenu_handle, idx+1, menu->submenu_id);
|
|
|
5229 InsertMenu(menu->submenu_handle, hierMenu);
|
|
|
5230 }
|
|
|
5231
|
|
168
|
5232 #if defined(USE_CARBONIZED) && defined(FEAT_MBYTE)
|
|
|
5233 CFRelease(name);
|
|
|
5234 #else
|
|
9
|
5235 vim_free(name);
|
|
168
|
5236 #endif
|
|
7
|
5237
|
|
|
5238 #if 0
|
|
|
5239 /* Done by Vim later on */
|
|
|
5240 DrawMenuBar();
|
|
|
5241 #endif
|
|
|
5242 }
|
|
|
5243
|
|
|
5244 /*
|
|
|
5245 * Add a menu item to a menu
|
|
|
5246 */
|
|
|
5247 void
|
|
|
5248 gui_mch_add_menu_item(menu, idx)
|
|
|
5249 vimmenu_T *menu;
|
|
|
5250 int idx;
|
|
|
5251 {
|
|
168
|
5252 #if defined(USE_CARBONIZED) && defined(FEAT_MBYTE)
|
|
|
5253 CFStringRef name;
|
|
|
5254 #else
|
|
7
|
5255 char_u *name;
|
|
168
|
5256 #endif
|
|
7
|
5257 vimmenu_T *parent = menu->parent;
|
|
|
5258 int menu_inserted;
|
|
|
5259
|
|
|
5260 /* Cannot add item, if the menu have not been created */
|
|
|
5261 if (parent->submenu_id == 0)
|
|
|
5262 return;
|
|
|
5263
|
|
|
5264 /* Could call SetMenuRefCon [CARBON] to associate with the Menu,
|
|
|
5265 for older OS call GetMenuItemData (menu, item, isCommandID?, data) */
|
|
|
5266
|
|
|
5267 /* Convert the name */
|
|
168
|
5268 #if defined(USE_CARBONIZED) && defined(FEAT_MBYTE)
|
|
|
5269 name = menu_title_removing_mnemonic(menu);
|
|
|
5270 #else
|
|
7
|
5271 name = C2Pascal_save(menu->dname);
|
|
168
|
5272 #endif
|
|
7
|
5273
|
|
|
5274 /* Where are just a menu item, so no handle, no id */
|
|
|
5275 menu->submenu_id = 0;
|
|
|
5276 menu->submenu_handle = NULL;
|
|
|
5277
|
|
|
5278 #ifdef USE_HELPMENU
|
|
|
5279 /* The index in the help menu are offseted */
|
|
|
5280 if (parent->submenu_id == kHMHelpMenuID)
|
|
|
5281 idx += gui.MacOSHelpItems;
|
|
|
5282 #endif
|
|
|
5283
|
|
|
5284 menu_inserted = 0;
|
|
|
5285 if (menu->actext)
|
|
|
5286 {
|
|
|
5287 /* If the accelerator text for the menu item looks like it describes
|
|
|
5288 * a command key (e.g., "<D-S-t>" or "<C-7>"), display it as the
|
|
|
5289 * item's command equivalent.
|
|
|
5290 */
|
|
|
5291 int key = 0;
|
|
|
5292 int modifiers = 0;
|
|
|
5293 char_u *p_actext;
|
|
|
5294
|
|
|
5295 p_actext = menu->actext;
|
|
|
5296 key = find_special_key(&p_actext, &modifiers, /*keycode=*/0);
|
|
|
5297 if (*p_actext != 0)
|
|
|
5298 key = 0; /* error: trailing text */
|
|
|
5299 /* find_special_key() returns a keycode with as many of the
|
|
|
5300 * specified modifiers as appropriate already applied (e.g., for
|
|
|
5301 * "<D-C-x>" it returns Ctrl-X as the keycode and MOD_MASK_CMD
|
|
|
5302 * as the only modifier). Since we want to display all of the
|
|
|
5303 * modifiers, we need to convert the keycode back to a printable
|
|
|
5304 * character plus modifiers.
|
|
|
5305 * TODO: Write an alternative find_special_key() that doesn't
|
|
|
5306 * apply modifiers.
|
|
|
5307 */
|
|
|
5308 if (key > 0 && key < 32)
|
|
|
5309 {
|
|
|
5310 /* Convert a control key to an uppercase letter. Note that
|
|
|
5311 * by this point it is no longer possible to distinguish
|
|
|
5312 * between, e.g., Ctrl-S and Ctrl-Shift-S.
|
|
|
5313 */
|
|
|
5314 modifiers |= MOD_MASK_CTRL;
|
|
|
5315 key += '@';
|
|
|
5316 }
|
|
|
5317 /* If the keycode is an uppercase letter, set the Shift modifier.
|
|
|
5318 * If it is a lowercase letter, don't set the modifier, but convert
|
|
|
5319 * the letter to uppercase for display in the menu.
|
|
|
5320 */
|
|
|
5321 else if (key >= 'A' && key <= 'Z')
|
|
|
5322 modifiers |= MOD_MASK_SHIFT;
|
|
|
5323 else if (key >= 'a' && key <= 'z')
|
|
|
5324 key += 'A' - 'a';
|
|
|
5325 /* Note: keycodes below 0x22 are reserved by Apple. */
|
|
|
5326 if (key >= 0x22 && vim_isprintc_strict(key))
|
|
|
5327 {
|
|
|
5328 int valid = 1;
|
|
|
5329 char_u mac_mods = kMenuNoModifiers;
|
|
|
5330 /* Convert Vim modifier codes to Menu Manager equivalents. */
|
|
|
5331 if (modifiers & MOD_MASK_SHIFT)
|
|
|
5332 mac_mods |= kMenuShiftModifier;
|
|
|
5333 if (modifiers & MOD_MASK_CTRL)
|
|
|
5334 mac_mods |= kMenuControlModifier;
|
|
|
5335 if (!(modifiers & MOD_MASK_CMD))
|
|
|
5336 mac_mods |= kMenuNoCommandModifier;
|
|
|
5337 if (modifiers & MOD_MASK_ALT || modifiers & MOD_MASK_MULTI_CLICK)
|
|
|
5338 valid = 0; /* TODO: will Alt someday map to Option? */
|
|
|
5339 if (valid)
|
|
|
5340 {
|
|
|
5341 char_u item_txt[10];
|
|
|
5342 /* Insert the menu item after idx, with its command key. */
|
|
|
5343 item_txt[0] = 3; item_txt[1] = ' '; item_txt[2] = '/';
|
|
|
5344 item_txt[3] = key;
|
|
|
5345 InsertMenuItem(parent->submenu_handle, item_txt, idx);
|
|
|
5346 /* Set the modifier keys. */
|
|
|
5347 SetMenuItemModifiers(parent->submenu_handle, idx+1, mac_mods);
|
|
|
5348 menu_inserted = 1;
|
|
|
5349 }
|
|
|
5350 }
|
|
|
5351 }
|
|
|
5352 /* Call InsertMenuItem followed by SetMenuItemText
|
|
|
5353 * to avoid special character recognition by InsertMenuItem
|
|
|
5354 */
|
|
|
5355 if (!menu_inserted)
|
|
|
5356 InsertMenuItem(parent->submenu_handle, "\p ", idx); /* afterItem */
|
|
|
5357 /* Set the menu item name. */
|
|
168
|
5358 #if defined(USE_CARBONIZED) && defined(FEAT_MBYTE)
|
|
|
5359 SetMenuItemTextWithCFString(parent->submenu_handle, idx+1, name);
|
|
|
5360 #else
|
|
7
|
5361 SetMenuItemText(parent->submenu_handle, idx+1, name);
|
|
168
|
5362 #endif
|
|
7
|
5363
|
|
|
5364 #if 0
|
|
|
5365 /* Called by Vim */
|
|
|
5366 DrawMenuBar();
|
|
|
5367 #endif
|
|
|
5368
|
|
168
|
5369 #if defined(USE_CARBONIZED) && defined(FEAT_MBYTE)
|
|
|
5370 CFRelease(name);
|
|
|
5371 #else
|
|
7
|
5372 /* TODO: Can name be freed? */
|
|
|
5373 vim_free(name);
|
|
168
|
5374 #endif
|
|
7
|
5375 }
|
|
|
5376
|
|
|
5377 void
|
|
|
5378 gui_mch_toggle_tearoffs(enable)
|
|
|
5379 int enable;
|
|
|
5380 {
|
|
|
5381 /* no tearoff menus */
|
|
|
5382 }
|
|
|
5383
|
|
|
5384 /*
|
|
|
5385 * Destroy the machine specific menu widget.
|
|
|
5386 */
|
|
|
5387 void
|
|
|
5388 gui_mch_destroy_menu(menu)
|
|
|
5389 vimmenu_T *menu;
|
|
|
5390 {
|
|
9
|
5391 short index = gui_mac_get_menu_item_index(menu);
|
|
7
|
5392
|
|
|
5393 if (index > 0)
|
|
|
5394 {
|
|
|
5395 if (menu->parent)
|
|
|
5396 {
|
|
|
5397 #ifdef USE_HELPMENU
|
|
|
5398 if (menu->parent->submenu_handle != nil) /*gui.MacOSHelpMenu)*/
|
|
|
5399 #endif
|
|
|
5400 {
|
|
|
5401 /* For now just don't delete help menu items. (Huh? Dany) */
|
|
9
|
5402 DeleteMenuItem(menu->parent->submenu_handle, index);
|
|
7
|
5403
|
|
|
5404 /* Delete the Menu if it was a hierarchical Menu */
|
|
|
5405 if (menu->submenu_id != 0)
|
|
|
5406 {
|
|
9
|
5407 DeleteMenu(menu->submenu_id);
|
|
|
5408 DisposeMenu(menu->submenu_handle);
|
|
7
|
5409 }
|
|
|
5410 }
|
|
|
5411 #ifdef USE_HELPMENU
|
|
|
5412 # ifdef DEBUG_MAC_MENU
|
|
|
5413 else
|
|
|
5414 {
|
|
9
|
5415 printf("gmdm 1\n");
|
|
7
|
5416 }
|
|
|
5417 # endif
|
|
|
5418 #endif
|
|
|
5419 }
|
|
|
5420 #ifdef DEBUG_MAC_MENU
|
|
|
5421 else
|
|
|
5422 {
|
|
9
|
5423 printf("gmdm 2\n");
|
|
7
|
5424 }
|
|
|
5425 #endif
|
|
|
5426 }
|
|
|
5427 else
|
|
|
5428 {
|
|
|
5429 /* Do not delete the Help Menu */
|
|
|
5430 #ifdef USE_HELPMENU
|
|
|
5431 if (menu->submenu_id != kHMHelpMenuID)
|
|
|
5432 #endif
|
|
|
5433 {
|
|
9
|
5434 DeleteMenu(menu->submenu_id);
|
|
|
5435 DisposeMenu(menu->submenu_handle);
|
|
7
|
5436 }
|
|
|
5437 }
|
|
|
5438 /* Shouldn't this be already done by Vim. TODO: Check */
|
|
|
5439 DrawMenuBar();
|
|
|
5440 }
|
|
|
5441
|
|
|
5442 /*
|
|
|
5443 * Make a menu either grey or not grey.
|
|
|
5444 */
|
|
|
5445 void
|
|
|
5446 gui_mch_menu_grey(menu, grey)
|
|
|
5447 vimmenu_T *menu;
|
|
|
5448 int grey;
|
|
|
5449 {
|
|
|
5450 /* TODO: Check if menu really exists */
|
|
9
|
5451 short index = gui_mac_get_menu_item_index(menu);
|
|
7
|
5452 /*
|
|
|
5453 index = menu->index;
|
|
|
5454 */
|
|
|
5455 if (grey)
|
|
|
5456 {
|
|
|
5457 if (menu->children)
|
|
|
5458 DisableMenuItem(menu->submenu_handle, index);
|
|
|
5459 if (menu->parent)
|
|
|
5460 if (menu->parent->submenu_handle)
|
|
|
5461 DisableMenuItem(menu->parent->submenu_handle, index);
|
|
|
5462 }
|
|
|
5463 else
|
|
|
5464 {
|
|
|
5465 if (menu->children)
|
|
|
5466 EnableMenuItem(menu->submenu_handle, index);
|
|
|
5467 if (menu->parent)
|
|
|
5468 if (menu->parent->submenu_handle)
|
|
|
5469 EnableMenuItem(menu->parent->submenu_handle, index);
|
|
|
5470 }
|
|
|
5471 }
|
|
|
5472
|
|
|
5473 /*
|
|
|
5474 * Make menu item hidden or not hidden
|
|
|
5475 */
|
|
|
5476 void
|
|
|
5477 gui_mch_menu_hidden(menu, hidden)
|
|
|
5478 vimmenu_T *menu;
|
|
|
5479 int hidden;
|
|
|
5480 {
|
|
|
5481 /* There's no hidden mode on MacOS */
|
|
9
|
5482 gui_mch_menu_grey(menu, hidden);
|
|
7
|
5483 }
|
|
|
5484
|
|
|
5485
|
|
|
5486 /*
|
|
|
5487 * This is called after setting all the menus to grey/hidden or not.
|
|
|
5488 */
|
|
|
5489 void
|
|
|
5490 gui_mch_draw_menubar()
|
|
|
5491 {
|
|
|
5492 DrawMenuBar();
|
|
|
5493 }
|
|
|
5494
|
|
|
5495
|
|
|
5496 /*
|
|
|
5497 * Scrollbar stuff.
|
|
|
5498 */
|
|
|
5499
|
|
|
5500 void
|
|
|
5501 gui_mch_enable_scrollbar(sb, flag)
|
|
|
5502 scrollbar_T *sb;
|
|
|
5503 int flag;
|
|
|
5504 {
|
|
|
5505 if (flag)
|
|
|
5506 ShowControl(sb->id);
|
|
|
5507 else
|
|
|
5508 HideControl(sb->id);
|
|
|
5509
|
|
|
5510 #ifdef DEBUG_MAC_SB
|
|
9
|
5511 printf("enb_sb (%x) %x\n",sb->id, flag);
|
|
7
|
5512 #endif
|
|
|
5513 }
|
|
|
5514
|
|
|
5515 void
|
|
|
5516 gui_mch_set_scrollbar_thumb(sb, val, size, max)
|
|
|
5517 scrollbar_T *sb;
|
|
|
5518 long val;
|
|
|
5519 long size;
|
|
|
5520 long max;
|
|
|
5521 {
|
|
|
5522 SetControl32BitMaximum (sb->id, max);
|
|
|
5523 SetControl32BitMinimum (sb->id, 0);
|
|
|
5524 SetControl32BitValue (sb->id, val);
|
|
|
5525 #ifdef DEBUG_MAC_SB
|
|
9
|
5526 printf("thumb_sb (%x) %x, %x,%x\n",sb->id, val, size, max);
|
|
7
|
5527 #endif
|
|
|
5528 }
|
|
|
5529
|
|
|
5530 void
|
|
|
5531 gui_mch_set_scrollbar_pos(sb, x, y, w, h)
|
|
|
5532 scrollbar_T *sb;
|
|
|
5533 int x;
|
|
|
5534 int y;
|
|
|
5535 int w;
|
|
|
5536 int h;
|
|
|
5537 {
|
|
|
5538 gui_mch_set_bg_color(gui.back_pixel);
|
|
|
5539 /* if (gui.which_scrollbars[SBAR_LEFT])
|
|
|
5540 {
|
|
9
|
5541 MoveControl(sb->id, x-16, y);
|
|
|
5542 SizeControl(sb->id, w + 1, h);
|
|
7
|
5543 }
|
|
|
5544 else
|
|
|
5545 {
|
|
9
|
5546 MoveControl(sb->id, x, y);
|
|
|
5547 SizeControl(sb->id, w + 1, h);
|
|
7
|
5548 }*/
|
|
|
5549 if (sb == &gui.bottom_sbar)
|
|
|
5550 h += 1;
|
|
|
5551 else
|
|
|
5552 w += 1;
|
|
|
5553
|
|
|
5554 if (gui.which_scrollbars[SBAR_LEFT])
|
|
|
5555 x -= 15;
|
|
|
5556
|
|
9
|
5557 MoveControl(sb->id, x, y);
|
|
|
5558 SizeControl(sb->id, w, h);
|
|
7
|
5559 #ifdef DEBUG_MAC_SB
|
|
9
|
5560 printf("size_sb (%x) %x, %x, %x, %x\n",sb->id, x, y, w, h);
|
|
7
|
5561 #endif
|
|
|
5562 }
|
|
|
5563
|
|
|
5564 void
|
|
|
5565 gui_mch_create_scrollbar(sb, orient)
|
|
|
5566 scrollbar_T *sb;
|
|
|
5567 int orient; /* SBAR_VERT or SBAR_HORIZ */
|
|
|
5568 {
|
|
|
5569 Rect bounds;
|
|
|
5570
|
|
|
5571 bounds.top = -16;
|
|
|
5572 bounds.bottom = -10;
|
|
|
5573 bounds.right = -10;
|
|
|
5574 bounds.left = -16;
|
|
|
5575
|
|
9
|
5576 sb->id = NewControl(gui.VimWindow,
|
|
7
|
5577 &bounds,
|
|
|
5578 "\pScrollBar",
|
|
|
5579 TRUE,
|
|
|
5580 0, /* current*/
|
|
|
5581 0, /* top */
|
|
|
5582 0, /* bottom */
|
|
|
5583 #ifdef USE_CARBONIZED
|
|
|
5584 kControlScrollBarLiveProc,
|
|
|
5585 #else
|
|
|
5586 scrollBarProc,
|
|
|
5587 #endif
|
|
|
5588 (long) sb->ident);
|
|
|
5589 #ifdef DEBUG_MAC_SB
|
|
9
|
5590 printf("create_sb (%x) %x\n",sb->id, orient);
|
|
7
|
5591 #endif
|
|
|
5592 }
|
|
|
5593
|
|
|
5594 void
|
|
|
5595 gui_mch_destroy_scrollbar(sb)
|
|
|
5596 scrollbar_T *sb;
|
|
|
5597 {
|
|
|
5598 gui_mch_set_bg_color(gui.back_pixel);
|
|
9
|
5599 DisposeControl(sb->id);
|
|
7
|
5600 #ifdef DEBUG_MAC_SB
|
|
9
|
5601 printf("dest_sb (%x) \n",sb->id);
|
|
7
|
5602 #endif
|
|
|
5603 }
|
|
|
5604
|
|
|
5605
|
|
|
5606 /*
|
|
|
5607 * Cursor blink functions.
|
|
|
5608 *
|
|
|
5609 * This is a simple state machine:
|
|
|
5610 * BLINK_NONE not blinking at all
|
|
|
5611 * BLINK_OFF blinking, cursor is not shown
|
|
|
5612 * BLINK_ON blinking, cursor is shown
|
|
|
5613 */
|
|
|
5614 void
|
|
|
5615 gui_mch_set_blinking(long wait, long on, long off)
|
|
|
5616 {
|
|
|
5617 /* TODO: TODO: TODO: TODO: */
|
|
|
5618 /* blink_waittime = wait;
|
|
|
5619 blink_ontime = on;
|
|
|
5620 blink_offtime = off;*/
|
|
|
5621 }
|
|
|
5622
|
|
|
5623 /*
|
|
|
5624 * Stop the cursor blinking. Show the cursor if it wasn't shown.
|
|
|
5625 */
|
|
|
5626 void
|
|
|
5627 gui_mch_stop_blink()
|
|
|
5628 {
|
|
|
5629 gui_update_cursor(TRUE, FALSE);
|
|
|
5630 /* TODO: TODO: TODO: TODO: */
|
|
|
5631 /* gui_w32_rm_blink_timer();
|
|
|
5632 if (blink_state == BLINK_OFF)
|
|
|
5633 gui_update_cursor(TRUE, FALSE);
|
|
|
5634 blink_state = BLINK_NONE;*/
|
|
|
5635 }
|
|
|
5636
|
|
|
5637 /*
|
|
|
5638 * Start the cursor blinking. If it was already blinking, this restarts the
|
|
|
5639 * waiting time and shows the cursor.
|
|
|
5640 */
|
|
|
5641 void
|
|
|
5642 gui_mch_start_blink()
|
|
|
5643 {
|
|
|
5644 gui_update_cursor(TRUE, FALSE);
|
|
|
5645 /* TODO: TODO: TODO: TODO: */
|
|
|
5646 /* gui_w32_rm_blink_timer(); */
|
|
|
5647
|
|
|
5648 /* Only switch blinking on if none of the times is zero */
|
|
|
5649 /* if (blink_waittime && blink_ontime && blink_offtime)
|
|
|
5650 {
|
|
|
5651 blink_timer = SetTimer(NULL, 0, (UINT)blink_waittime,
|
|
|
5652 (TIMERPROC)_OnBlinkTimer);
|
|
|
5653 blink_state = BLINK_ON;
|
|
|
5654 gui_update_cursor(TRUE, FALSE);
|
|
|
5655 }*/
|
|
|
5656 }
|
|
|
5657
|
|
|
5658 /*
|
|
|
5659 * Return the RGB value of a pixel as long.
|
|
|
5660 */
|
|
|
5661 long_u
|
|
|
5662 gui_mch_get_rgb(guicolor_T pixel)
|
|
|
5663 {
|
|
|
5664 return (Red(pixel) << 16) + (Green(pixel) << 8) + Blue(pixel);
|
|
|
5665 }
|
|
|
5666
|
|
|
5667
|
|
|
5668
|
|
|
5669 #ifdef FEAT_BROWSE
|
|
|
5670 /*
|
|
|
5671 * Pop open a file browser and return the file selected, in allocated memory,
|
|
|
5672 * or NULL if Cancel is hit.
|
|
|
5673 * saving - TRUE if the file will be saved to, FALSE if it will be opened.
|
|
|
5674 * title - Title message for the file browser dialog.
|
|
|
5675 * dflt - Default name of file.
|
|
|
5676 * ext - Default extension to be added to files without extensions.
|
|
|
5677 * initdir - directory in which to open the browser (NULL = current dir)
|
|
|
5678 * filter - Filter for matched files to choose from.
|
|
|
5679 * Has a format like this:
|
|
|
5680 * "C Files (*.c)\0*.c\0"
|
|
|
5681 * "All Files\0*.*\0\0"
|
|
|
5682 * If these two strings were concatenated, then a choice of two file
|
|
|
5683 * filters will be selectable to the user. Then only matching files will
|
|
|
5684 * be shown in the browser. If NULL, the default allows all files.
|
|
|
5685 *
|
|
|
5686 * *NOTE* - the filter string must be terminated with TWO nulls.
|
|
|
5687 */
|
|
|
5688 char_u *
|
|
|
5689 gui_mch_browse(
|
|
|
5690 int saving,
|
|
|
5691 char_u *title,
|
|
|
5692 char_u *dflt,
|
|
|
5693 char_u *ext,
|
|
|
5694 char_u *initdir,
|
|
|
5695 char_u *filter)
|
|
|
5696 {
|
|
|
5697 #if defined (USE_NAVIGATION_SERVICE) || defined (USE_CARBONIZED)
|
|
|
5698 /* TODO: Add Ammon's safety checl (Dany) */
|
|
|
5699 NavReplyRecord reply;
|
|
|
5700 char_u *fname = NULL;
|
|
|
5701 char_u **fnames = NULL;
|
|
|
5702 long numFiles;
|
|
|
5703 NavDialogOptions navOptions;
|
|
|
5704 OSErr error;
|
|
|
5705
|
|
|
5706 /* Get Navigation Service Defaults value */
|
|
9
|
5707 NavGetDefaultDialogOptions(&navOptions);
|
|
7
|
5708
|
|
|
5709
|
|
|
5710 /* TODO: If we get a :browse args, set the Multiple bit. */
|
|
|
5711 navOptions.dialogOptionFlags = kNavAllowInvisibleFiles
|
|
|
5712 | kNavDontAutoTranslate
|
|
|
5713 | kNavDontAddTranslateItems
|
|
|
5714 /* | kNavAllowMultipleFiles */
|
|
|
5715 | kNavAllowStationery;
|
|
|
5716
|
|
9
|
5717 (void) C2PascalString(title, &navOptions.message);
|
|
|
5718 (void) C2PascalString(dflt, &navOptions.savedFileName);
|
|
7
|
5719 /* Could set clientName?
|
|
|
5720 * windowTitle? (there's no title bar?)
|
|
|
5721 */
|
|
|
5722
|
|
|
5723 if (saving)
|
|
|
5724 {
|
|
|
5725 /* Change first parm AEDesc (typeFSS) *defaultLocation to match dflt */
|
|
9
|
5726 NavPutFile(NULL, &reply, &navOptions, NULL, 'TEXT', 'VIM!', NULL);
|
|
7
|
5727 if (!reply.validRecord)
|
|
|
5728 return NULL;
|
|
|
5729 }
|
|
|
5730 else
|
|
|
5731 {
|
|
|
5732 /* Change first parm AEDesc (typeFSS) *defaultLocation to match dflt */
|
|
|
5733 NavGetFile(NULL, &reply, &navOptions, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL);
|
|
|
5734 if (!reply.validRecord)
|
|
|
5735 return NULL;
|
|
|
5736 }
|
|
|
5737
|
|
|
5738 fnames = new_fnames_from_AEDesc(&reply.selection, &numFiles, &error);
|
|
|
5739
|
|
9
|
5740 NavDisposeReply(&reply);
|
|
7
|
5741
|
|
|
5742 if (fnames)
|
|
|
5743 {
|
|
|
5744 fname = fnames[0];
|
|
|
5745 vim_free(fnames);
|
|
|
5746 }
|
|
|
5747
|
|
|
5748 /* TODO: Shorten the file name if possible */
|
|
|
5749 return fname;
|
|
|
5750 #else
|
|
|
5751 SFTypeList fileTypes;
|
|
|
5752 StandardFileReply reply;
|
|
|
5753 Str255 Prompt;
|
|
|
5754 Str255 DefaultName;
|
|
|
5755 Str255 Directory;
|
|
|
5756
|
|
|
5757 /* TODO: split dflt in path and filename */
|
|
|
5758
|
|
9
|
5759 (void) C2PascalString(title, &Prompt);
|
|
|
5760 (void) C2PascalString(dflt, &DefaultName);
|
|
|
5761 (void) C2PascalString(initdir, &Directory);
|
|
7
|
5762
|
|
|
5763 if (saving)
|
|
|
5764 {
|
|
|
5765 /* Use a custon filter instead of nil FAQ 9-4 */
|
|
9
|
5766 StandardPutFile(Prompt, DefaultName, &reply);
|
|
7
|
5767 if (!reply.sfGood)
|
|
|
5768 return NULL;
|
|
|
5769 }
|
|
|
5770 else
|
|
|
5771 {
|
|
9
|
5772 StandardGetFile(nil, -1, fileTypes, &reply);
|
|
7
|
5773 if (!reply.sfGood)
|
|
|
5774 return NULL;
|
|
|
5775 }
|
|
|
5776
|
|
|
5777 /* Work fine but append a : for new file */
|
|
9
|
5778 return (FullPathFromFSSpec_save(reply.sfFile));
|
|
7
|
5779
|
|
|
5780 /* Shorten the file name if possible */
|
|
|
5781 /* mch_dirname(IObuff, IOSIZE);
|
|
|
5782 p = shorten_fname(fileBuf, IObuff);
|
|
|
5783 if (p == NULL)
|
|
|
5784 p = fileBuf;
|
|
|
5785 return vim_strsave(p);
|
|
|
5786 */
|
|
|
5787 #endif
|
|
|
5788 }
|
|
|
5789 #endif /* FEAT_BROWSE */
|
|
|
5790
|
|
|
5791 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_DIALOG
|
|
|
5792 /*
|
|
|
5793 * Stuff for dialogues
|
|
|
5794 */
|
|
|
5795
|
|
|
5796 /*
|
|
|
5797 * Create a dialogue dynamically from the parameter strings.
|
|
|
5798 * type = type of dialogue (question, alert, etc.)
|
|
|
5799 * title = dialogue title. may be NULL for default title.
|
|
|
5800 * message = text to display. Dialogue sizes to accommodate it.
|
|
|
5801 * buttons = '\n' separated list of button captions, default first.
|
|
|
5802 * dfltbutton = number of default button.
|
|
|
5803 *
|
|
|
5804 * This routine returns 1 if the first button is pressed,
|
|
|
5805 * 2 for the second, etc.
|
|
|
5806 *
|
|
|
5807 * 0 indicates Esc was pressed.
|
|
|
5808 * -1 for unexpected error
|
|
|
5809 *
|
|
|
5810 * If stubbing out this fn, return 1.
|
|
|
5811 */
|
|
|
5812
|
|
|
5813 typedef struct
|
|
|
5814 {
|
|
|
5815 short idx;
|
|
|
5816 short width; /* Size of the text in pixel */
|
|
|
5817 Rect box;
|
|
|
5818 } vgmDlgItm; /* Vim Gui_Mac.c Dialog Item */
|
|
|
5819
|
|
|
5820 #define MoveRectTo(r,x,y) OffsetRect(r,x-r->left,y-r->top)
|
|
|
5821
|
|
|
5822 static void
|
|
|
5823 macMoveDialogItem(
|
|
|
5824 DialogRef theDialog,
|
|
|
5825 short itemNumber,
|
|
|
5826 short X,
|
|
|
5827 short Y,
|
|
|
5828 Rect *inBox)
|
|
|
5829 {
|
|
|
5830 #if 0 /* USE_CARBONIZED */
|
|
|
5831 /* Untested */
|
|
9
|
5832 MoveDialogItem(theDialog, itemNumber, X, Y);
|
|
7
|
5833 if (inBox != nil)
|
|
9
|
5834 GetDialogItem(theDialog, itemNumber, &itemType, &itemHandle, inBox);
|
|
7
|
5835 #else
|
|
|
5836 short itemType;
|
|
|
5837 Handle itemHandle;
|
|
|
5838 Rect localBox;
|
|
|
5839 Rect *itemBox = &localBox;
|
|
|
5840
|
|
|
5841 if (inBox != nil)
|
|
|
5842 itemBox = inBox;
|
|
|
5843
|
|
9
|
5844 GetDialogItem(theDialog, itemNumber, &itemType, &itemHandle, itemBox);
|
|
|
5845 OffsetRect(itemBox, -itemBox->left, -itemBox->top);
|
|
|
5846 OffsetRect(itemBox, X, Y);
|
|
7
|
5847 /* To move a control (like a button) we need to call both
|
|
|
5848 * MoveControl and SetDialogItem. FAQ 6-18 */
|
|
|
5849 if (1) /*(itemType & kControlDialogItem) */
|
|
9
|
5850 MoveControl((ControlRef) itemHandle, X, Y);
|
|
|
5851 SetDialogItem(theDialog, itemNumber, itemType, itemHandle, itemBox);
|
|
7
|
5852 #endif
|
|
|
5853 }
|
|
|
5854
|
|
|
5855 static void
|
|
|
5856 macSizeDialogItem(
|
|
|
5857 DialogRef theDialog,
|
|
|
5858 short itemNumber,
|
|
|
5859 short width,
|
|
|
5860 short height)
|
|
|
5861 {
|
|
|
5862 short itemType;
|
|
|
5863 Handle itemHandle;
|
|
|
5864 Rect itemBox;
|
|
|
5865
|
|
9
|
5866 GetDialogItem(theDialog, itemNumber, &itemType, &itemHandle, &itemBox);
|
|
7
|
5867
|
|
|
5868 /* When width or height is zero do not change it */
|
|
|
5869 if (width == 0)
|
|
|
5870 width = itemBox.right - itemBox.left;
|
|
|
5871 if (height == 0)
|
|
|
5872 height = itemBox.bottom - itemBox.top;
|
|
|
5873
|
|
|
5874 #if 0 /* USE_CARBONIZED */
|
|
9
|
5875 SizeDialogItem(theDialog, itemNumber, width, height); /* Untested */
|
|
7
|
5876 #else
|
|
|
5877 /* Resize the bounding box */
|
|
|
5878 itemBox.right = itemBox.left + width;
|
|
|
5879 itemBox.bottom = itemBox.top + height;
|
|
|
5880
|
|
|
5881 /* To resize a control (like a button) we need to call both
|
|
|
5882 * SizeControl and SetDialogItem. (deducted from FAQ 6-18) */
|
|
|
5883 if (itemType & kControlDialogItem)
|
|
9
|
5884 SizeControl((ControlRef) itemHandle, width, height);
|
|
7
|
5885
|
|
|
5886 /* Configure back the item */
|
|
9
|
5887 SetDialogItem(theDialog, itemNumber, itemType, itemHandle, &itemBox);
|
|
7
|
5888 #endif
|
|
|
5889 }
|
|
|
5890
|
|
|
5891 static void
|
|
|
5892 macSetDialogItemText(
|
|
|
5893 DialogRef theDialog,
|
|
|
5894 short itemNumber,
|
|
|
5895 Str255 itemName)
|
|
|
5896 {
|
|
|
5897 short itemType;
|
|
|
5898 Handle itemHandle;
|
|
|
5899 Rect itemBox;
|
|
|
5900
|
|
9
|
5901 GetDialogItem(theDialog, itemNumber, &itemType, &itemHandle, &itemBox);
|
|
7
|
5902
|
|
|
5903 if (itemType & kControlDialogItem)
|
|
9
|
5904 SetControlTitle((ControlRef) itemHandle, itemName);
|
|
7
|
5905 else
|
|
9
|
5906 SetDialogItemText(itemHandle, itemName);
|
|
7
|
5907 }
|
|
|
5908
|
|
|
5909 int
|
|
|
5910 gui_mch_dialog(
|
|
|
5911 int type,
|
|
|
5912 char_u *title,
|
|
|
5913 char_u *message,
|
|
|
5914 char_u *buttons,
|
|
|
5915 int dfltbutton,
|
|
|
5916 char_u *textfield)
|
|
|
5917 {
|
|
|
5918 Handle buttonDITL;
|
|
|
5919 Handle iconDITL;
|
|
|
5920 Handle inputDITL;
|
|
|
5921 Handle messageDITL;
|
|
|
5922 Handle itemHandle;
|
|
|
5923 Handle iconHandle;
|
|
|
5924 DialogPtr theDialog;
|
|
|
5925 char_u len;
|
|
|
5926 char_u PascalTitle[256]; /* place holder for the title */
|
|
|
5927 char_u name[256];
|
|
|
5928 GrafPtr oldPort;
|
|
|
5929 short itemHit;
|
|
|
5930 char_u *buttonChar;
|
|
|
5931 Rect box;
|
|
|
5932 short button;
|
|
|
5933 short lastButton;
|
|
|
5934 short itemType;
|
|
|
5935 short useIcon;
|
|
|
5936 short width;
|
|
|
5937 short totalButtonWidth = 0; /* the width of all button together incuding spacing */
|
|
|
5938 short widestButton = 0;
|
|
|
5939 short dfltButtonEdge = 20; /* gut feeling */
|
|
|
5940 short dfltElementSpacing = 13; /* from IM:V.2-29 */
|
|
|
5941 short dfltIconSideSpace = 23; /* from IM:V.2-29 */
|
|
|
5942 short maximumWidth = 400; /* gut feeling */
|
|
|
5943 short maxButtonWidth = 175; /* gut feeling */
|
|
|
5944
|
|
|
5945 short vertical;
|
|
|
5946 short dialogHeight;
|
|
|
5947 short messageLines = 3;
|
|
|
5948 FontInfo textFontInfo;
|
|
|
5949
|
|
|
5950 vgmDlgItm iconItm;
|
|
|
5951 vgmDlgItm messageItm;
|
|
|
5952 vgmDlgItm inputItm;
|
|
|
5953 vgmDlgItm buttonItm;
|
|
|
5954
|
|
|
5955 WindowRef theWindow;
|
|
|
5956
|
|
|
5957 /* Check 'v' flag in 'guioptions': vertical button placement. */
|
|
|
5958 vertical = (vim_strchr(p_go, GO_VERTICAL) != NULL);
|
|
|
5959
|
|
|
5960 /* Create a new Dialog Box from template. */
|
|
9
|
5961 theDialog = GetNewDialog(129, nil, (WindowRef) -1);
|
|
7
|
5962
|
|
|
5963 /* Get the WindowRef */
|
|
|
5964 theWindow = GetDialogWindow(theDialog);
|
|
|
5965
|
|
|
5966 /* Hide the window.
|
|
|
5967 * 1. to avoid seeing slow drawing
|
|
|
5968 * 2. to prevent a problem seen while moving dialog item
|
|
|
5969 * within a visible window. (non-Carbon MacOS 9)
|
|
|
5970 * Could be avoided by changing the resource.
|
|
|
5971 */
|
|
9
|
5972 HideWindow(theWindow);
|
|
7
|
5973
|
|
|
5974 /* Change the graphical port to the dialog,
|
|
|
5975 * so we can measure the text with the proper font */
|
|
9
|
5976 GetPort(&oldPort);
|
|
7
|
5977 #ifdef USE_CARBONIZED
|
|
9
|
5978 SetPortDialogPort(theDialog);
|
|
7
|
5979 #else
|
|
9
|
5980 SetPort(theDialog);
|
|
7
|
5981 #endif
|
|
|
5982
|
|
|
5983 /* Get the info about the default text,
|
|
|
5984 * used to calculate the height of the message
|
|
|
5985 * and of the text field */
|
|
|
5986 GetFontInfo(&textFontInfo);
|
|
|
5987
|
|
|
5988 /* Set the dialog title */
|
|
|
5989 if (title != NULL)
|
|
|
5990 {
|
|
9
|
5991 (void) C2PascalString(title, &PascalTitle);
|
|
|
5992 SetWTitle(theWindow, PascalTitle);
|
|
7
|
5993 }
|
|
|
5994
|
|
|
5995 /* Creates the buttons and add them to the Dialog Box. */
|
|
9
|
5996 buttonDITL = GetResource('DITL', 130);
|
|
7
|
5997 buttonChar = buttons;
|
|
|
5998 button = 0;
|
|
|
5999
|
|
|
6000 for (;*buttonChar != 0;)
|
|
|
6001 {
|
|
|
6002 /* Get the name of the button */
|
|
|
6003 button++;
|
|
|
6004 len = 0;
|
|
|
6005 for (;((*buttonChar != DLG_BUTTON_SEP) && (*buttonChar != 0) && (len < 255)); buttonChar++)
|
|
|
6006 {
|
|
|
6007 if (*buttonChar != DLG_HOTKEY_CHAR)
|
|
|
6008 name[++len] = *buttonChar;
|
|
|
6009 }
|
|
|
6010 if (*buttonChar != 0)
|
|
|
6011 buttonChar++;
|
|
|
6012 name[0] = len;
|
|
|
6013
|
|
|
6014 /* Add the button */
|
|
9
|
6015 AppendDITL(theDialog, buttonDITL, overlayDITL); /* appendDITLRight); */
|
|
7
|
6016
|
|
|
6017 /* Change the button's name */
|
|
9
|
6018 macSetDialogItemText(theDialog, button, name);
|
|
7
|
6019
|
|
|
6020 /* Resize the button to fit its name */
|
|
9
|
6021 width = StringWidth(name) + 2 * dfltButtonEdge;
|
|
7
|
6022 /* Limite the size of any button to an acceptable value. */
|
|
|
6023 /* TODO: Should be based on the message width */
|
|
|
6024 if (width > maxButtonWidth)
|
|
|
6025 width = maxButtonWidth;
|
|
9
|
6026 macSizeDialogItem(theDialog, button, width, 0);
|
|
7
|
6027
|
|
|
6028 totalButtonWidth += width;
|
|
|
6029
|
|
|
6030 if (width > widestButton)
|
|
|
6031 widestButton = width;
|
|
|
6032 }
|
|
9
|
6033 ReleaseResource(buttonDITL);
|
|
7
|
6034 lastButton = button;
|
|
|
6035
|
|
|
6036 /* Add the icon to the Dialog Box. */
|
|
|
6037 iconItm.idx = lastButton + 1;
|
|
9
|
6038 iconDITL = GetResource('DITL', 131);
|
|
7
|
6039 switch (type)
|
|
|
6040 {
|
|
|
6041 case VIM_GENERIC: useIcon = kNoteIcon;
|
|
|
6042 case VIM_ERROR: useIcon = kStopIcon;
|
|
|
6043 case VIM_WARNING: useIcon = kCautionIcon;
|
|
|
6044 case VIM_INFO: useIcon = kNoteIcon;
|
|
|
6045 case VIM_QUESTION: useIcon = kNoteIcon;
|
|
|
6046 default: useIcon = kStopIcon;
|
|
|
6047 };
|
|
9
|
6048 AppendDITL(theDialog, iconDITL, overlayDITL);
|
|
|
6049 ReleaseResource(iconDITL);
|
|
|
6050 GetDialogItem(theDialog, iconItm.idx, &itemType, &itemHandle, &box);
|
|
7
|
6051 /* TODO: Should the item be freed? */
|
|
9
|
6052 iconHandle = GetIcon(useIcon);
|
|
|
6053 SetDialogItem(theDialog, iconItm.idx, itemType, iconHandle, &box);
|
|
7
|
6054
|
|
|
6055 /* Add the message to the Dialog box. */
|
|
|
6056 messageItm.idx = lastButton + 2;
|
|
9
|
6057 messageDITL = GetResource('DITL', 132);
|
|
|
6058 AppendDITL(theDialog, messageDITL, overlayDITL);
|
|
|
6059 ReleaseResource(messageDITL);
|
|
|
6060 GetDialogItem(theDialog, messageItm.idx, &itemType, &itemHandle, &box);
|
|
|
6061 (void) C2PascalString(message, &name);
|
|
|
6062 SetDialogItemText(itemHandle, name);
|
|
|
6063 messageItm.width = StringWidth(name);
|
|
7
|
6064
|
|
|
6065 /* Add the input box if needed */
|
|
|
6066 if (textfield != NULL)
|
|
|
6067 {
|
|
|
6068 /* Cheat for now reuse the message and convet to text edit */
|
|
|
6069 inputItm.idx = lastButton + 3;
|
|
9
|
6070 inputDITL = GetResource('DITL', 132);
|
|
|
6071 AppendDITL(theDialog, inputDITL, overlayDITL);
|
|
|
6072 ReleaseResource(inputDITL);
|
|
|
6073 GetDialogItem(theDialog, inputItm.idx, &itemType, &itemHandle, &box);
|
|
|
6074 /* SetDialogItem(theDialog, inputItm.idx, kEditTextDialogItem, itemHandle, &box);*/
|
|
|
6075 (void) C2PascalString(textfield, &name);
|
|
|
6076 SetDialogItemText(itemHandle, name);
|
|
|
6077 inputItm.width = StringWidth(name);
|
|
7
|
6078 }
|
|
|
6079
|
|
|
6080 /* Set the <ENTER> and <ESC> button. */
|
|
9
|
6081 SetDialogDefaultItem(theDialog, dfltbutton);
|
|
|
6082 SetDialogCancelItem(theDialog, 0);
|
|
7
|
6083
|
|
|
6084 /* Reposition element */
|
|
|
6085
|
|
|
6086 /* Check if we need to force vertical */
|
|
|
6087 if (totalButtonWidth > maximumWidth)
|
|
|
6088 vertical = TRUE;
|
|
|
6089
|
|
|
6090 /* Place icon */
|
|
9
|
6091 macMoveDialogItem(theDialog, iconItm.idx, dfltIconSideSpace, dfltElementSpacing, &box);
|
|
7
|
6092 iconItm.box.right = box.right;
|
|
|
6093 iconItm.box.bottom = box.bottom;
|
|
|
6094
|
|
|
6095 /* Place Message */
|
|
|
6096 messageItm.box.left = iconItm.box.right + dfltIconSideSpace;
|
|
9
|
6097 macSizeDialogItem(theDialog, messageItm.idx, 0, messageLines * (textFontInfo.ascent + textFontInfo.descent));
|
|
|
6098 macMoveDialogItem(theDialog, messageItm.idx, messageItm.box.left, dfltElementSpacing, &messageItm.box);
|
|
7
|
6099
|
|
|
6100 /* Place Input */
|
|
|
6101 if (textfield != NULL)
|
|
|
6102 {
|
|
|
6103 inputItm.box.left = messageItm.box.left;
|
|
|
6104 inputItm.box.top = messageItm.box.bottom + dfltElementSpacing;
|
|
9
|
6105 macSizeDialogItem(theDialog, inputItm.idx, 0, textFontInfo.ascent + textFontInfo.descent);
|
|
|
6106 macMoveDialogItem(theDialog, inputItm.idx, inputItm.box.left, inputItm.box.top, &inputItm.box);
|
|
7
|
6107 /* Convert the static text into a text edit.
|
|
|
6108 * For some reason this change need to be done last (Dany) */
|
|
9
|
6109 GetDialogItem(theDialog, inputItm.idx, &itemType, &itemHandle, &inputItm.box);
|
|
|
6110 SetDialogItem(theDialog, inputItm.idx, kEditTextDialogItem, itemHandle, &inputItm.box);
|
|
7
|
6111 SelectDialogItemText(theDialog, inputItm.idx, 0, 32767);
|
|
|
6112 }
|
|
|
6113
|
|
|
6114 /* Place Button */
|
|
|
6115 if (textfield != NULL)
|
|
|
6116 {
|
|
|
6117 buttonItm.box.left = inputItm.box.left;
|
|
|
6118 buttonItm.box.top = inputItm.box.bottom + dfltElementSpacing;
|
|
|
6119 }
|
|
|
6120 else
|
|
|
6121 {
|
|
|
6122 buttonItm.box.left = messageItm.box.left;
|
|
|
6123 buttonItm.box.top = messageItm.box.bottom + dfltElementSpacing;
|
|
|
6124 }
|
|
|
6125
|
|
|
6126 for (button=1; button <= lastButton; button++)
|
|
|
6127 {
|
|
|
6128
|
|
9
|
6129 macMoveDialogItem(theDialog, button, buttonItm.box.left, buttonItm.box.top, &box);
|
|
7
|
6130 /* With vertical, it's better to have all button the same lenght */
|
|
|
6131 if (vertical)
|
|
|
6132 {
|
|
9
|
6133 macSizeDialogItem(theDialog, button, widestButton, 0);
|
|
|
6134 GetDialogItem(theDialog, button, &itemType, &itemHandle, &box);
|
|
7
|
6135 }
|
|
|
6136 /* Calculate position of next button */
|
|
|
6137 if (vertical)
|
|
|
6138 buttonItm.box.top = box.bottom + dfltElementSpacing;
|
|
|
6139 else
|
|
|
6140 buttonItm.box.left = box.right + dfltElementSpacing;
|
|
|
6141 }
|
|
|
6142
|
|
|
6143 /* Resize the dialog box */
|
|
|
6144 dialogHeight = box.bottom + dfltElementSpacing;
|
|
|
6145 SizeWindow(theWindow, maximumWidth, dialogHeight, TRUE);
|
|
|
6146
|
|
|
6147 #ifdef USE_CARBONIZED
|
|
|
6148 /* Magic resize */
|
|
9
|
6149 AutoSizeDialog(theDialog);
|
|
7
|
6150 /* Need a horizontal resize anyway so not that useful */
|
|
|
6151 #endif
|
|
|
6152
|
|
|
6153 /* Display it */
|
|
|
6154 ShowWindow(theWindow);
|
|
|
6155 /* BringToFront(theWindow); */
|
|
|
6156 SelectWindow(theWindow);
|
|
|
6157
|
|
9
|
6158 /* DrawDialog(theDialog); */
|
|
7
|
6159 #if 0
|
|
9
|
6160 GetPort(&oldPort);
|
|
7
|
6161 #ifdef USE_CARBONIZED
|
|
9
|
6162 SetPortDialogPort(theDialog);
|
|
7
|
6163 #else
|
|
9
|
6164 SetPort(theDialog);
|
|
7
|
6165 #endif
|
|
|
6166 #endif
|
|
|
6167
|
|
|
6168 /* Hang until one of the button is hit */
|
|
|
6169 do
|
|
|
6170 {
|
|
9
|
6171 ModalDialog(nil, &itemHit);
|
|
7
|
6172 } while ((itemHit < 1) || (itemHit > lastButton));
|
|
|
6173
|
|
|
6174 /* Copy back the text entered by the user into the param */
|
|
|
6175 if (textfield != NULL)
|
|
|
6176 {
|
|
9
|
6177 GetDialogItem(theDialog, inputItm.idx, &itemType, &itemHandle, &box);
|
|
|
6178 GetDialogItemText(itemHandle, (char_u *) &name);
|
|
7
|
6179 #if IOSIZE < 256
|
|
|
6180 /* Truncate the name to IOSIZE if needed */
|
|
|
6181 if (name[0] > IOSIZE)
|
|
|
6182 name[0] = IOSIZE - 1;
|
|
|
6183 #endif
|
|
418
|
6184 vim_strncpy(textfield, &name[1], name[0]);
|
|
7
|
6185 }
|
|
|
6186
|
|
|
6187 /* Restore the original graphical port */
|
|
9
|
6188 SetPort(oldPort);
|
|
7
|
6189
|
|
|
6190 /* Get ride of th edialog (free memory) */
|
|
9
|
6191 DisposeDialog(theDialog);
|
|
7
|
6192
|
|
|
6193 return itemHit;
|
|
|
6194 /*
|
|
|
6195 * Usefull thing which could be used
|
|
|
6196 * SetDialogTimeout(): Auto click a button after timeout
|
|
|
6197 * SetDialogTracksCursor() : Get the I-beam cursor over input box
|
|
|
6198 * MoveDialogItem(): Probably better than SetDialogItem
|
|
|
6199 * SizeDialogItem(): (but is it Carbon Only?)
|
|
|
6200 * AutoSizeDialog(): Magic resize of dialog based on text lenght
|
|
|
6201 */
|
|
|
6202 }
|
|
|
6203 #endif /* FEAT_DIALOG_GUI */
|
|
|
6204
|
|
|
6205 /*
|
|
|
6206 * Display the saved error message(s).
|
|
|
6207 */
|
|
|
6208 #ifdef USE_MCH_ERRMSG
|
|
|
6209 void
|
|
|
6210 display_errors()
|
|
|
6211 {
|
|
|
6212 char *p;
|
|
|
6213 char_u pError[256];
|
|
|
6214
|
|
|
6215 if (error_ga.ga_data != NULL)
|
|
|
6216 {
|
|
|
6217 /* avoid putting up a message box with blanks only */
|
|
|
6218 for (p = (char *)error_ga.ga_data; *p; ++p)
|
|
|
6219 if (!isspace(*p))
|
|
|
6220 {
|
|
|
6221 if (STRLEN(p) > 255)
|
|
|
6222 pError[0] = 255;
|
|
|
6223 else
|
|
|
6224 pError[0] = STRLEN(p);
|
|
|
6225
|
|
|
6226 STRNCPY(&pError[1], p, pError[0]);
|
|
9
|
6227 ParamText(pError, nil, nil, nil);
|
|
|
6228 Alert(128, nil);
|
|
7
|
6229 break;
|
|
|
6230 /* TODO: handled message longer than 256 chars
|
|
|
6231 * use auto-sizeable alert
|
|
|
6232 * or dialog with scrollbars (TextEdit zone)
|
|
|
6233 */
|
|
|
6234 }
|
|
|
6235 ga_clear(&error_ga);
|
|
|
6236 }
|
|
|
6237 }
|
|
|
6238 #endif
|
|
|
6239
|
|
|
6240 /*
|
|
87
|
6241 * Get current mouse coordinates in text window.
|
|
7
|
6242 */
|
|
95
|
6243 void
|
|
|
6244 gui_mch_getmouse(int *x, int *y)
|
|
7
|
6245 {
|
|
|
6246 Point where;
|
|
|
6247
|
|
|
6248 GetMouse(&where);
|
|
|
6249
|
|
87
|
6250 *x = where.h;
|
|
|
6251 *y = where.v;
|
|
7
|
6252 }
|
|
|
6253
|
|
|
6254 void
|
|
|
6255 gui_mch_setmouse(x, y)
|
|
|
6256 int x;
|
|
|
6257 int y;
|
|
|
6258 {
|
|
|
6259 /* TODO */
|
|
|
6260 #if 0
|
|
|
6261 /* From FAQ 3-11 */
|
|
|
6262
|
|
|
6263 CursorDevicePtr myMouse;
|
|
|
6264 Point where;
|
|
|
6265
|
|
9
|
6266 if ( NGetTrapAddress(_CursorDeviceDispatch, ToolTrap)
|
|
|
6267 != NGetTrapAddress(_Unimplemented, ToolTrap))
|
|
7
|
6268 {
|
|
|
6269 /* New way */
|
|
|
6270
|
|
|
6271 /*
|
|
|
6272 * Get first devoice with one button.
|
|
|
6273 * This will probably be the standad mouse
|
|
|
6274 * startat head of cursor dev list
|
|
|
6275 *
|
|
|
6276 */
|
|
|
6277
|
|
|
6278 myMouse = nil;
|
|
|
6279
|
|
|
6280 do
|
|
|
6281 {
|
|
|
6282 /* Get the next cursor device */
|
|
|
6283 CursorDeviceNextDevice(&myMouse);
|
|
|
6284 }
|
|
9
|
6285 while ((myMouse != nil) && (myMouse->cntButtons != 1));
|
|
|
6286
|
|
|
6287 CursorDeviceMoveTo(myMouse, x, y);
|
|
7
|
6288 }
|
|
|
6289 else
|
|
|
6290 {
|
|
|
6291 /* Old way */
|
|
|
6292 where.h = x;
|
|
|
6293 where.v = y;
|
|
|
6294
|
|
|
6295 *(Point *)RawMouse = where;
|
|
|
6296 *(Point *)MTemp = where;
|
|
|
6297 *(Ptr) CrsrNew = 0xFFFF;
|
|
|
6298 }
|
|
|
6299 #endif
|
|
|
6300 }
|
|
|
6301
|
|
|
6302 void
|
|
|
6303 gui_mch_show_popupmenu(menu)
|
|
|
6304 vimmenu_T *menu;
|
|
|
6305 {
|
|
|
6306 #ifdef USE_CTRLCLICKMENU
|
|
|
6307 /*
|
|
|
6308 * Clone PopUp to use menu
|
|
|
6309 * Create a object descriptor for the current selection
|
|
|
6310 * Call the procedure
|
|
|
6311 */
|
|
|
6312
|
|
|
6313 MenuHandle CntxMenu;
|
|
|
6314 Point where;
|
|
|
6315 OSStatus status;
|
|
|
6316 UInt32 CntxType;
|
|
|
6317 SInt16 CntxMenuID;
|
|
|
6318 UInt16 CntxMenuItem;
|
|
|
6319 Str255 HelpName = "";
|
|
|
6320 GrafPtr savePort;
|
|
|
6321
|
|
|
6322 /* Save Current Port: On MacOS X we seem to lose the port */
|
|
9
|
6323 GetPort(&savePort); /*OSX*/
|
|
|
6324
|
|
|
6325 GetMouse(&where);
|
|
|
6326 LocalToGlobal(&where); /*OSX*/
|
|
7
|
6327 CntxMenu = menu->submenu_handle;
|
|
|
6328
|
|
|
6329 /* TODO: Get the text selection from Vim */
|
|
|
6330
|
|
|
6331 /* Call to Handle Popup */
|
|
|
6332 status = ContextualMenuSelect(CntxMenu, where, false, kCMHelpItemNoHelp, HelpName, NULL, &CntxType, &CntxMenuID, &CntxMenuItem);
|
|
|
6333
|
|
|
6334 if (status == noErr)
|
|
|
6335 {
|
|
|
6336 if (CntxType == kCMMenuItemSelected)
|
|
|
6337 {
|
|
|
6338 /* Handle the menu CntxMenuID, CntxMenuItem */
|
|
|
6339 /* The submenu can be handle directly by gui_mac_handle_menu */
|
|
|
6340 /* But what about the current menu, is the menu changed by ContextualMenuSelect */
|
|
9
|
6341 gui_mac_handle_menu((CntxMenuID << 16) + CntxMenuItem);
|
|
7
|
6342 }
|
|
|
6343 else if (CntxMenuID == kCMShowHelpSelected)
|
|
|
6344 {
|
|
|
6345 /* Should come up with the help */
|
|
|
6346 }
|
|
|
6347 }
|
|
|
6348
|
|
|
6349 /* Restore original Port */
|
|
9
|
6350 SetPort(savePort); /*OSX*/
|
|
7
|
6351 #endif
|
|
|
6352 }
|
|
|
6353
|
|
|
6354 #if defined(FEAT_CW_EDITOR) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
6355 /* TODO: Is it need for MACOS_X? (Dany) */
|
|
|
6356 void
|
|
|
6357 mch_post_buffer_write(buf_T *buf)
|
|
|
6358 {
|
|
|
6359 # ifdef USE_SIOUX
|
|
9
|
6360 printf("Writing Buf...\n");
|
|
7
|
6361 # endif
|
|
9
|
6362 GetFSSpecFromPath(buf->b_ffname, &buf->b_FSSpec);
|
|
|
6363 Send_KAHL_MOD_AE(buf);
|
|
7
|
6364 }
|
|
|
6365 #endif
|
|
|
6366
|
|
|
6367 #ifdef FEAT_TITLE
|
|
|
6368 /*
|
|
|
6369 * Set the window title and icon.
|
|
|
6370 * (The icon is not taken care of).
|
|
|
6371 */
|
|
|
6372 void
|
|
|
6373 gui_mch_settitle(title, icon)
|
|
|
6374 char_u *title;
|
|
|
6375 char_u *icon;
|
|
|
6376 {
|
|
|
6377 /* TODO: Get vim to make sure maxlen (from p_titlelen) is smaller
|
|
|
6378 * that 256. Even better get it to fit nicely in the titlebar.
|
|
|
6379 */
|
|
168
|
6380 #if defined(USE_CARBONIZED) && defined(FEAT_MBYTE)
|
|
|
6381 CFStringRef windowTitle;
|
|
|
6382 size_t windowTitleLen;
|
|
|
6383 #else
|
|
7
|
6384 char_u *pascalTitle;
|
|
168
|
6385 #endif
|
|
7
|
6386
|
|
|
6387 if (title == NULL) /* nothing to do */
|
|
|
6388 return;
|
|
|
6389
|
|
168
|
6390 #if defined(USE_CARBONIZED) && defined(FEAT_MBYTE)
|
|
|
6391 windowTitleLen = STRLEN(title);
|
|
|
6392 windowTitle = mac_enc_to_cfstring(title, windowTitleLen);
|
|
|
6393
|
|
|
6394 if (windowTitle)
|
|
|
6395 {
|
|
|
6396 SetWindowTitleWithCFString(gui.VimWindow, windowTitle);
|
|
|
6397 CFRelease(windowTitle);
|
|
|
6398 }
|
|
|
6399 #else
|
|
7
|
6400 pascalTitle = C2Pascal_save(title);
|
|
|
6401 if (pascalTitle != NULL)
|
|
|
6402 {
|
|
|
6403 SetWTitle(gui.VimWindow, pascalTitle);
|
|
|
6404 vim_free(pascalTitle);
|
|
|
6405 }
|
|
168
|
6406 #endif
|
|
7
|
6407 }
|
|
|
6408 #endif
|
|
|
6409
|
|
|
6410 /*
|
|
|
6411 * Transfered from os_mac.c for MacOS X using os_unix.c prep work
|
|
|
6412 */
|
|
|
6413
|
|
|
6414 int
|
|
9
|
6415 C2PascalString(CString, PascalString)
|
|
7
|
6416 char_u *CString;
|
|
|
6417 Str255 *PascalString;
|
|
|
6418 {
|
|
|
6419 char_u *PascalPtr = (char_u *) PascalString;
|
|
|
6420 int len;
|
|
|
6421 int i;
|
|
|
6422
|
|
|
6423 PascalPtr[0] = 0;
|
|
|
6424 if (CString == NULL)
|
|
|
6425 return 0;
|
|
|
6426
|
|
|
6427 len = STRLEN(CString);
|
|
|
6428 if (len > 255)
|
|
|
6429 len = 255;
|
|
|
6430
|
|
|
6431 for (i = 0; i < len; i++)
|
|
|
6432 PascalPtr[i+1] = CString[i];
|
|
|
6433
|
|
|
6434 PascalPtr[0] = len;
|
|
|
6435
|
|
|
6436 return 0;
|
|
|
6437 }
|
|
|
6438
|
|
|
6439 int
|
|
9
|
6440 GetFSSpecFromPath(file, fileFSSpec)
|
|
7
|
6441 char_u *file;
|
|
|
6442 FSSpec *fileFSSpec;
|
|
|
6443 {
|
|
|
6444 /* From FAQ 8-12 */
|
|
|
6445 Str255 filePascal;
|
|
|
6446 CInfoPBRec myCPB;
|
|
|
6447 OSErr err;
|
|
|
6448
|
|
9
|
6449 (void) C2PascalString(file, &filePascal);
|
|
7
|
6450
|
|
|
6451 myCPB.dirInfo.ioNamePtr = filePascal;
|
|
|
6452 myCPB.dirInfo.ioVRefNum = 0;
|
|
|
6453 myCPB.dirInfo.ioFDirIndex = 0;
|
|
|
6454 myCPB.dirInfo.ioDrDirID = 0;
|
|
|
6455
|
|
9
|
6456 err= PBGetCatInfo(&myCPB, false);
|
|
7
|
6457
|
|
|
6458 /* vRefNum, dirID, name */
|
|
9
|
6459 FSMakeFSSpec(0, 0, filePascal, fileFSSpec);
|
|
7
|
6460
|
|
|
6461 /* TODO: Use an error code mechanism */
|
|
|
6462 return 0;
|
|
|
6463 }
|
|
|
6464
|
|
|
6465 /*
|
|
|
6466 * Convert a FSSpec to a fuill path
|
|
|
6467 */
|
|
|
6468
|
|
9
|
6469 char_u *FullPathFromFSSpec_save(FSSpec file)
|
|
7
|
6470 {
|
|
|
6471 /*
|
|
|
6472 * TODO: Add protection for 256 char max.
|
|
|
6473 */
|
|
|
6474
|
|
|
6475 CInfoPBRec theCPB;
|
|
|
6476 char_u fname[256];
|
|
|
6477 char_u *filenamePtr = fname;
|
|
|
6478 OSErr error;
|
|
|
6479 int folder = 1;
|
|
|
6480 #ifdef USE_UNIXFILENAME
|
|
|
6481 SInt16 dfltVol_vRefNum;
|
|
|
6482 SInt32 dfltVol_dirID;
|
|
|
6483 FSRef refFile;
|
|
|
6484 OSStatus status;
|
|
|
6485 UInt32 pathSize = 256;
|
|
|
6486 char_u pathname[256];
|
|
|
6487 char_u *path = pathname;
|
|
|
6488 #else
|
|
|
6489 Str255 directoryName;
|
|
|
6490 char_u temporary[255];
|
|
|
6491 char_u *temporaryPtr = temporary;
|
|
|
6492 #endif
|
|
|
6493
|
|
|
6494 #ifdef USE_UNIXFILENAME
|
|
|
6495 /* Get the default volume */
|
|
|
6496 /* TODO: Remove as this only work if Vim is on the Boot Volume*/
|
|
9
|
6497 error=HGetVol(NULL, &dfltVol_vRefNum, &dfltVol_dirID);
|
|
7
|
6498
|
|
|
6499 if (error)
|
|
|
6500 return NULL;
|
|
|
6501 #endif
|
|
|
6502
|
|
|
6503 /* Start filling fname with file.name */
|
|
418
|
6504 vim_strncpy(filenamePtr, &file.name[1], file.name[0]);
|
|
7
|
6505
|
|
|
6506 /* Get the info about the file specified in FSSpec */
|
|
|
6507 theCPB.dirInfo.ioFDirIndex = 0;
|
|
|
6508 theCPB.dirInfo.ioNamePtr = file.name;
|
|
|
6509 theCPB.dirInfo.ioVRefNum = file.vRefNum;
|
|
|
6510 /*theCPB.hFileInfo.ioDirID = 0;*/
|
|
|
6511 theCPB.dirInfo.ioDrDirID = file.parID;
|
|
|
6512
|
|
|
6513 /* As ioFDirIndex = 0, get the info of ioNamePtr,
|
|
|
6514 which is relative to ioVrefNum, ioDirID */
|
|
9
|
6515 error = PBGetCatInfo(&theCPB, false);
|
|
7
|
6516
|
|
|
6517 /* If we are called for a new file we expect fnfErr */
|
|
|
6518 if ((error) && (error != fnfErr))
|
|
|
6519 return NULL;
|
|
|
6520
|
|
|
6521 /* Check if it's a file or folder */
|
|
|
6522 /* default to file if file don't exist */
|
|
|
6523 if (((theCPB.hFileInfo.ioFlAttrib & ioDirMask) == 0) || (error))
|
|
|
6524 folder = 0; /* It's not a folder */
|
|
|
6525 else
|
|
|
6526 folder = 1;
|
|
|
6527
|
|
|
6528 #ifdef USE_UNIXFILENAME
|
|
|
6529 /*
|
|
|
6530 * The function used here are available in Carbon, but
|
|
|
6531 * do nothing une MacOS 8 and 9
|
|
|
6532 */
|
|
|
6533 if (error == fnfErr)
|
|
|
6534 {
|
|
|
6535 /* If the file to be saved does not already exist, it isn't possible
|
|
|
6536 to convert its FSSpec into an FSRef. But we can construct an
|
|
|
6537 FSSpec for the file's parent folder (since we have its volume and
|
|
|
6538 directory IDs), and since that folder does exist, we can convert
|
|
|
6539 that FSSpec into an FSRef, convert the FSRef in turn into a path,
|
|
|
6540 and, finally, append the filename. */
|
|
|
6541 FSSpec dirSpec;
|
|
|
6542 FSRef dirRef;
|
|
|
6543 Str255 emptyFilename = "\p";
|
|
|
6544 error = FSMakeFSSpec(theCPB.dirInfo.ioVRefNum,
|
|
|
6545 theCPB.dirInfo.ioDrDirID, emptyFilename, &dirSpec);
|
|
|
6546 if (error)
|
|
|
6547 return NULL;
|
|
|
6548
|
|
|
6549 error = FSpMakeFSRef(&dirSpec, &dirRef);
|
|
|
6550 if (error)
|
|
|
6551 return NULL;
|
|
|
6552
|
|
|
6553 status = FSRefMakePath(&dirRef, (UInt8*)path, pathSize);
|
|
|
6554 if (status)
|
|
|
6555 return NULL;
|
|
|
6556
|
|
|
6557 STRCAT(path, "/");
|
|
|
6558 STRCAT(path, filenamePtr);
|
|
|
6559 }
|
|
|
6560 else
|
|
|
6561 {
|
|
|
6562 /* If the file to be saved already exists, we can get its full path
|
|
|
6563 by converting its FSSpec into an FSRef. */
|
|
9
|
6564 error=FSpMakeFSRef(&file, &refFile);
|
|
7
|
6565 if (error)
|
|
|
6566 return NULL;
|
|
|
6567
|
|
9
|
6568 status=FSRefMakePath(&refFile, (UInt8 *) path, pathSize);
|
|
7
|
6569 if (status)
|
|
|
6570 return NULL;
|
|
|
6571 }
|
|
|
6572
|
|
|
6573 /* Add a slash at the end if needed */
|
|
|
6574 if (folder)
|
|
9
|
6575 STRCAT(path, "/");
|
|
|
6576
|
|
|
6577 return (vim_strsave(path));
|
|
7
|
6578 #else
|
|
|
6579 /* TODO: Get rid of all USE_UNIXFILENAME below */
|
|
|
6580 /* Set ioNamePtr, it's the same area which is always reused. */
|
|
|
6581 theCPB.dirInfo.ioNamePtr = directoryName;
|
|
|
6582
|
|
|
6583 /* Trick for first entry, set ioDrParID to the first value
|
|
|
6584 * we want for ioDrDirID*/
|
|
|
6585 theCPB.dirInfo.ioDrParID = file.parID;
|
|
|
6586 theCPB.dirInfo.ioDrDirID = file.parID;
|
|
|
6587
|
|
9
|
6588 if ((TRUE) && (file.parID != fsRtDirID /*fsRtParID*/))
|
|
7
|
6589 do
|
|
|
6590 {
|
|
|
6591 theCPB.dirInfo.ioFDirIndex = -1;
|
|
|
6592 /* theCPB.dirInfo.ioNamePtr = directoryName; Already done above. */
|
|
|
6593 theCPB.dirInfo.ioVRefNum = file.vRefNum;
|
|
|
6594 /* theCPB.dirInfo.ioDirID = irrevelant when ioFDirIndex = -1 */
|
|
|
6595 theCPB.dirInfo.ioDrDirID = theCPB.dirInfo.ioDrParID;
|
|
|
6596
|
|
|
6597 /* As ioFDirIndex = -1, get the info of ioDrDirID, */
|
|
|
6598 /* *ioNamePtr[0 TO 31] will be updated */
|
|
9
|
6599 error = PBGetCatInfo(&theCPB,false);
|
|
7
|
6600
|
|
|
6601 if (error)
|
|
|
6602 return NULL;
|
|
|
6603
|
|
|
6604 /* Put the new directoryName in front of the current fname */
|
|
|
6605 STRCPY(temporaryPtr, filenamePtr);
|
|
418
|
6606 vim_strncpy(filenamePtr, &directoryName[1], directoryName[0]);
|
|
7
|
6607 STRCAT(filenamePtr, ":");
|
|
|
6608 STRCAT(filenamePtr, temporaryPtr);
|
|
|
6609 }
|
|
|
6610 #if 1 /* def USE_UNIXFILENAME */
|
|
|
6611 while ((theCPB.dirInfo.ioDrParID != fsRtDirID) /* && */
|
|
|
6612 /* (theCPB.dirInfo.ioDrDirID != fsRtDirID)*/);
|
|
|
6613 #else
|
|
|
6614 while (theCPB.dirInfo.ioDrDirID != fsRtDirID);
|
|
|
6615 #endif
|
|
|
6616
|
|
|
6617 /* Get the information about the volume on which the file reside */
|
|
|
6618 theCPB.dirInfo.ioFDirIndex = -1;
|
|
|
6619 /* theCPB.dirInfo.ioNamePtr = directoryName; Already done above. */
|
|
|
6620 theCPB.dirInfo.ioVRefNum = file.vRefNum;
|
|
|
6621 /* theCPB.dirInfo.ioDirID = irrevelant when ioFDirIndex = -1 */
|
|
|
6622 theCPB.dirInfo.ioDrDirID = theCPB.dirInfo.ioDrParID;
|
|
|
6623
|
|
|
6624 /* As ioFDirIndex = -1, get the info of ioDrDirID, */
|
|
|
6625 /* *ioNamePtr[0 TO 31] will be updated */
|
|
9
|
6626 error = PBGetCatInfo(&theCPB,false);
|
|
7
|
6627
|
|
|
6628 if (error)
|
|
|
6629 return NULL;
|
|
|
6630
|
|
|
6631 /* For MacOS Classic always add the volume name */
|
|
|
6632 /* For MacOS X add the volume name preceded by "Volumes" */
|
|
|
6633 /* when we are not refering to the boot volume */
|
|
|
6634 #ifdef USE_UNIXFILENAME
|
|
|
6635 if (file.vRefNum != dfltVol_vRefNum)
|
|
|
6636 #endif
|
|
|
6637 {
|
|
|
6638 /* Add the volume name */
|
|
|
6639 STRCPY(temporaryPtr, filenamePtr);
|
|
418
|
6640 vim_strncpy(filenamePtr, &directoryName[1], directoryName[0]);
|
|
7
|
6641 STRCAT(filenamePtr, ":");
|
|
|
6642 STRCAT(filenamePtr, temporaryPtr);
|
|
|
6643
|
|
|
6644 #ifdef USE_UNIXFILENAME
|
|
|
6645 STRCPY(temporaryPtr, filenamePtr);
|
|
|
6646 filenamePtr[0] = 0; /* NULL terminate the string */
|
|
|
6647 STRCAT(filenamePtr, "Volumes:");
|
|
|
6648 STRCAT(filenamePtr, temporaryPtr);
|
|
|
6649 #endif
|
|
|
6650 }
|
|
|
6651
|
|
|
6652 /* Append final path separator if it's a folder */
|
|
|
6653 if (folder)
|
|
9
|
6654 STRCAT(fname, ":");
|
|
7
|
6655
|
|
|
6656 /* As we use Unix File Name for MacOS X convert it */
|
|
|
6657 #ifdef USE_UNIXFILENAME
|
|
|
6658 /* Need to insert leading / */
|
|
|
6659 /* TODO: get the above code to use directly the / */
|
|
|
6660 STRCPY(&temporaryPtr[1], filenamePtr);
|
|
|
6661 temporaryPtr[0] = '/';
|
|
|
6662 STRCPY(filenamePtr, temporaryPtr);
|
|
|
6663 {
|
|
|
6664 char *p;
|
|
|
6665 for (p = fname; *p; p++)
|
|
|
6666 if (*p == ':')
|
|
|
6667 *p = '/';
|
|
|
6668 }
|
|
|
6669 #endif
|
|
|
6670
|
|
9
|
6671 return (vim_strsave(fname));
|
|
7
|
6672 #endif
|
|
|
6673 }
|
|
|
6674
|
|
|
6675 #if defined(USE_IM_CONTROL) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
6676 /*
|
|
|
6677 * Input Method Control functions.
|
|
|
6678 */
|
|
|
6679
|
|
|
6680 /*
|
|
|
6681 * Notify cursor position to IM.
|
|
|
6682 */
|
|
|
6683 void
|
|
|
6684 im_set_position(int row, int col)
|
|
|
6685 {
|
|
|
6686 /* TODO: Implement me! */
|
|
|
6687 }
|
|
|
6688
|
|
|
6689 /*
|
|
|
6690 * Set IM status on ("active" is TRUE) or off ("active" is FALSE).
|
|
|
6691 */
|
|
|
6692 void
|
|
|
6693 im_set_active(int active)
|
|
|
6694 {
|
|
|
6695 KeyScript(active ? smKeySysScript : smKeyRoman);
|
|
|
6696 }
|
|
|
6697
|
|
|
6698 /*
|
|
|
6699 * Get IM status. When IM is on, return not 0. Else return 0.
|
|
|
6700 */
|
|
|
6701 int
|
|
|
6702 im_get_status()
|
|
|
6703 {
|
|
|
6704 SInt32 script = GetScriptManagerVariable(smKeyScript);
|
|
|
6705 return (script != smRoman
|
|
|
6706 && script == GetScriptManagerVariable(smSysScript)) ? 1 : 0;
|
|
|
6707 }
|
|
|
6708 #endif /* defined(USE_IM_CONTROL) || defined(PROTO) */
|
